Patent Publication Number: US-9851679-B2

Title: Processing cartridge, photoreceptor drum unit, and end member pair

Description:
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application is a continuation of International Patent Application No. PCT/JP2014/080556 filed on Nov. 18, 2014, claiming priority from Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-238840 filed on Nov. 19, 2013, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. 
    
    
     BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 
     1. Field of the Invention 
     The present invention relates to a processing cartridge, a photoreceptor drum unit, and end member pair, which are used in an image forming apparatus, such as a laser printer or a copier. 
     2. Description of the Related Art 
     In an image forming apparatus, such as a laser printer or a copier, a processing cartridge which is attachable to and detachable from a main body (hereinafter, there is a case of being described as “apparatus main body”) of the image forming apparatus, is provided. 
     The processing cartridge is a member which forms content to be expressed, such as characters or figures, in a posture of being mounted on the apparatus main body, and transfers the content to a recording medium, such as a paper sheet. Therefore, in the processing cartridge, a photoreceptor drum in which the content to be transferred is formed, and charging means or developing means for forming the content to be transferred to the photoreceptor drum, are provided. 
     Regarding the processing cartridge, the same processing cartridge for maintenance is attached to or detached from the apparatus main body, or an old processing cartridge is disengaged from the apparatus main body for replacing a new processing cartridge, and instead of the old processing cartridge, the new processing cartridge is mounted on the apparatus main body. It is desirable that attachment and detachment of the processing cartridge can be performed by a user of the image forming apparatus, and is performed as easy as possible from such a viewpoint. 
     In addition, it is necessary that the photoreceptor drum included in the processing cartridge is rotated during the operation. Here, a driving shaft of the apparatus main body is engaged with the photoreceptor drum directly or via another member, and accordingly, an end member is provided so that the photoreceptor drum receives a rotating force from the driving shaft and rotates. 
     In addition, in this manner, in order to attach and detach the processing cartridge to and from the apparatus main body, it is necessary to release (disengage) the engagement of the driving shaft of the apparatus main body and the end member provided in the photoreceptor drum, and to reengage (mount) the driving shaft and the end member. 
     Here, when the photoreceptor drum (processing cartridge) can be attached and detached by being moved in the shaft direction of the driving shaft of the apparatus main body, it is relatively easy to configure the apparatus for this. However, from the viewpoint of reducing in size of the image forming apparatus and ensuring an attachment and detachment space of the processing cartridge, it is preferable to disengage the processing cartridge from the apparatus main body to be pulled out in the direction different from the axial direction of the driving shaft, or to mount the processing cartridge to the apparatus main body to be pushed in this direction. 
     In Patent Document 1 (JP-A-2010-002688), a configuration for attaching and detaching the processing cartridge in the direction which is different from the axial direction of the driving shaft of the apparatus main body, is disclosed. Specifically, a coupling member (shaft member) described in PTL 1 is attached to be swingable to a drum flange (shaft member) by providing a spherical portion. Therefore, a part (rotating force receiving member) which is provided in the coupling member and is engaged with the driving shaft of the apparatus main body, can swing around the spherical portion and change an angle with respect to the axis of the photoreceptor drum, and mounting and disengaging of the driving shaft of the apparatus main body and the photoreceptor drum are easily performed. 
     Accordingly, the photoreceptor drum included in the processing cartridge can be engaged with the apparatus main body via the coupling member, and can rotate following the driving shaft. However, there is a case where the photoreceptor drum moves in the axial direction and a position thereof is not determined when the engagement is performed, and appropriate engagement cannot be performed. Accordingly, there is a concern that the driving shaft idles and the photoreceptor drum does not rotate, or that an image region of a photoreceptor is not stable, or printing position deviation or color deviation is generated even when the photoreceptor drum rotates. 
     Meanwhile, according to the configuration of Patent Document 1, for example, as illustrated in  FIGS. 24A and 24B  of Patent Document 1, an end surface of a bearing member and a rib of a drum frame body come into contact with each other, the movement in the axial direction (longitudinal direction) is regulated by nipping the bearing member (drum flange) from both sides, that is, one side and the other side of the axial direction, and the positioning is performed. 
     Patent Document 1: JP-A-2010-002688 
     However, when the movement of the photoreceptor drum in the axial direction is strictly regulated in this manner, during the assembly of the processing cartridge, it is necessary to make the photoreceptor drum unit fitted to a part which does not have enough dimension. Therefore, it is necessary to improve precision of the member, management becomes more strict, and this influences productivity. 
     SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION 
     Illustrative aspects of the present invention provide a processing cartridge which can easily position a photoreceptor drum in the axial direction. In addition, illustrative aspects of the present invention provide a photoreceptor drum unit and an end member pair. 
     Hereinafter, the Illustrative aspects of the present invention will be described. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, a processing cartridge to be attached to and detached from an image forming apparatus main body is provided with: a housing; and a photoreceptor drum unit which is disposed in the housing and held in the housing. The photoreceptor drum unit includes: a cylindrical photoreceptor drum; and two end members which are respectively disposed at both ends of the photoreceptor drum in an axial direction. One of the end members is provided with an elastic member, is biased in the axial direction, and is extendable and contractable. The other of the end members is provided with a cylindrical bearing member and a shaft member held in the bearing member. The one of the end members and the other of the end members come into contact with the housing on surfaces opposite to the photoreceptor drum, and do not come into contact with the housing on surfaces facing the photoreceptor drum side. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the other of the end members is held so that the shaft member swings with respect to the bearing member. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a rotating shaft which moves in an axial direction of the bearing member, and a rotating force receiving member which is disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft, swings with respect to an axis of the rotating shaft, and is provided with an engagement claw which is to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a rotating shaft, a rotating force receiving member which is disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft, and is provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body, and a regulating member which is engaged with or disengaged from the rotating shaft or the rotating force receiving member by pressing, and configured to switch a posture in which the engaging member is engaged with the driving shaft and a posture of not being engaged. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a shaft-shape rotating shaft which is disposed coaxially to the bearing member, and moves in the axial direction according to a rotation around an axis with respect to the bearing member, and a tip end member which is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft, and in which a rotating force receiving member provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body is disposed at a tip end. A rotating force around the axis is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member, the rotating shaft, and the bearing member, in order. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a shaft-shape rotating shaft which is disposed coaxially to the bearing member, and moves in the axial direction according to a rotation around an axis with respect to the bearing member, and a tip end member which is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft, and in which a rotating force receiving member provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body is disposed at a tip end. A rotating force around the axis is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member, the rotating shaft, and the bearing member, in order, and the rotating force receiving member moves to be inclined with respect to the axis. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, a processing cartridge to be attached to and detached from an image forming apparatus main body is provided with: a housing; and a photoreceptor drum unit which is disposed in the housing and held in the housing. The photoreceptor drum unit includes: a cylindrical photoreceptor drum, and two end members which are respectively disposed at both ends of the photoreceptor drum in an axial direction. One of the end members is provided with an elastic member, is biased in the axial direction, and is extendable and contractable. The other of the end members is provided with a cylindrical bearing member and a shaft member held in the bearing member. A movement of the one of the end members is regulated only in one direction among both directions along an axis of the photoreceptor drum by the housing, and a movement of the other of the end members is regulated only in the other direction among the both directions along the axis of the photoreceptor drum by the housing. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the other of the end members is held so that the shaft member swings with respect to the bearing member. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a rotating shaft which moves in an axial direction of the bearing member; and a rotating force receiving member which is disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft, swings with respect to an axis of the rotating shaft, and is provided with an engagement claw which is to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a rotating shaft; a rotating force receiving member which is disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft, and is provided with an engaging member which is to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body; and a regulating member which is engaged with or disengaged from the rotating shaft or the rotating force receiving member by pressing, and switches a posture in which the engaging member is engaged with the driving shaft, and a posture of not being engaged. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a shaft-shape rotating shaft which is disposed coaxially to the bearing member, and moves in the axial direction according to a rotation around an axis with respect to the bearing member; and a tip end member which is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft, and in which a rotating force receiving member provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body is disposed at a tip end. A rotating force around the axis is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member, the rotating shaft, and the bearing member, in order. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a shaft-shape rotating shaft which is disposed coaxially to the bearing member, and moves in the axial direction according to a rotation around an axis with respect to the bearing member, and a tip end member which is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft, and in which a rotating force receiving member provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body is disposed at a tip end. A rotating force around the axis is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member, the rotating shaft, and the bearing member, in order, and the rotating force receiving member moves to be inclined with respect to the axis. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, a photoreceptor drum unit is provided with: a cylindrical photoreceptor drum; and two end members which are respectively disposed at both ends of the photoreceptor drum in an axial direction. One of the end members is provided with an elastic member, is biased in the axial direction, and is extendable and contractable. The other of the end members is provided with a cylindrical bearing member and a shaft member held in the bearing member. A gear is formed in an outer circumferential portion of the bearing member of the other of the end members. An outer diameter of the bearing member is equal to or smaller than an outer diameter of the photoreceptor drum except a part at which the gear is formed. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the other of the end members is held so that the shaft member swings with respect to the bearing member. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a rotating shaft which moves in the axial direction of the bearing member, and a rotating force receiving member which is disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft, swings with respect to the axis of the rotating shaft, and is provided with an engagement claw which is to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a rotating shaft; a rotating force receiving member which is disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft, and is provided with an engaging member which is to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body; and a regulating member which is engaged with or disengaged from the rotating shaft or the rotating force receiving member by pressing, and switches a posture in which the engaging member is engaged with the driving shaft, and a posture of not being engaged. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a shaft-shape rotating shaft which is disposed coaxially to the bearing member, and moves in the axial direction according to a rotation around an axis with respect to the bearing member; and a tip end member which is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft, and in which a rotating force receiving member provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body is disposed at a tip end. A rotating force around the axis is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member, the rotating shaft, and the bearing member, in order. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other of the end members includes: a shaft-shape rotating shaft which is disposed coaxially to the bearing member, and moves in the axial direction according to a rotation around an axis with respect to the bearing member; and a tip end member which is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft, and in which a rotating force receiving member provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body is disposed at a tip end. A rotating force around the axis is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member, the rotating shaft, and the bearing member, in order, and the rotating force receiving member moves to be inclined with respect to the axis. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, in an end member pair which is disposed in an end portion of a photoreceptor drum, one end member is provided with an elastic member, is biased, and is extendable and contractable. The other end member is provided with a cylindrical bearing member and a shaft member held in the bearing member. A gear is formed in an outer circumferential portion of the bearing member, and an outer diameter of the bearing member is formed to be the largest at a part where the gear is formed. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the other end member is held so that the shaft member swings with respect to the bearing member. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other end member includes: a rotating shaft which moves in the axial direction of the bearing member; and a rotating force receiving member which is disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft, swings with respect to an axis of the rotating shaft, and is provided with an engagement claw which is to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other end member includes: a rotating shaft; a rotating force receiving member which is disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft, and is provided with an engaging member which is to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body; and a regulating member which is engaged with or disengaged from the rotating shaft or the rotating force receiving member by pressing, and switches a posture in which the engaging member is engaged with the driving shaft, and a posture of not being engaged. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other end member includes: a shaft-shape rotating shaft which is disposed coaxially to the bearing member, and moves in the axial direction according to a rotation around an axis with respect to the bearing member; and a tip end member which is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft, and in which a rotating force receiving member provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body is disposed at a tip end. A rotating force around the axis is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member, the rotating shaft, and the bearing member, in order. 
     In accordance with an illustrative aspect, the shaft member of the other end member includes: a shaft-shape rotating shaft which is disposed coaxially to the bearing member, and moves in the axial direction according to a rotation around an axis with respect to the bearing member; and a tip end member which is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft, and in which a rotating force receiving member provided with an engaging member to be engaged with a driving shaft of the image forming apparatus main body is disposed at a tip end. A rotating force around the axis is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member, the rotating shaft, and the bearing member, in order, and the rotating force receiving member moves to be inclined with respect to the axis. 
     According to the illustrative aspects, in the end member pair which is respectively disposed in the end portions of the photoreceptor drum, one end member has a biasing force and is extendable and contractable in the axial direction. Therefore, when the photoreceptor drum unit is configured, the length thereof can be easily and finely adjusted. Accordingly, the positional relationship between the other end member and the driving shaft of the apparatus main body becomes appropriate by the biasing force, and defects, such as idling, can be prevented. In addition, according to this, since it is not necessary to strictly regulate the movement of the photoreceptor drum in the axial direction, when assembling the processing cartridge, it is not necessary to provide a regulation part which does not have enough dimension, and to improve precision of the member. Accordingly, the management becomes easy, and productivity is improved. 
     In addition, since it is possible to allow a difference in the length of the photoreceptor drum in a range where the end member extends and contracts, it is possible to use common components of the photoreceptor drum unit, and reduction in costs can be expected by inventory reduction. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
         FIG. 1  is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus in a view illustrating a first aspect. 
         FIG. 2  is a view schematically illustrating a structure of a processing cartridge. 
         FIG. 3A  is an outer appearance perspective view of a photoreceptor drum unit  10  in which a driving side end member  50  is illustrated in front.  FIG. 3B  is an outer appearance perspective view of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  in which a non-driving side end member  20  is illustrated in front. 
         FIG. 4A  is an outer appearance perspective view of the non-driving side end member  20  in which a cap member  31  side is illustrated in front. 
         FIG. 4B  is an outer appearance perspective view of the non-driving side end member  20  in which a flange member  21  is illustrated in front. 
         FIG. 5  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 5 -C 5  in  FIG. 4A . 
         FIG. 6A  is an outer appearance perspective view of the flange member  21 . 
         FIG. 6B  is an outer appearance perspective view of the cap member  31 . 
         FIG. 7  is an outer appearance perspective view of an earth plate  40 . 
         FIG. 8A  is a perspective view from the same viewpoint of  FIG. 4A  in another posture of the non-driving side end member  20 . 
         FIG. 8B  is a sectional view from the same viewpoint of  FIG. 5  in another posture of the non-driving side end member  20 . 
         FIG. 9A  is an outer appearance perspective view of the driving side end member  50 . 
         FIG. 9B  is a sectional view of a shaft member  61 . 
         FIG. 10  is a perspective view illustrating a posture in which a driving shaft  70  is engaged with the driving side end member  50 . 
         FIG. 11  is a view focusing on the photoreceptor drum unit  10  and the periphery thereof in a sectional view of the processing cartridge in a scene where a processing cartridge  3  including the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is mounted on an apparatus main body  2 . 
         FIG. 12  is an outer appearance perspective view of an end member  150 . 
         FIG. 13  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  150 . 
         FIG. 14  is an exploded perspective view of a bearing member  151 . 
         FIG. 15A  is a plan view of a main body  155 . 
         FIG. 15B  is one sectional view of the main body  155 . 
         FIG. 15C  is another sectional view of the main body  155 . 
         FIG. 16  is a view illustrating a holding projection  161  of a holding portion  160 . 
         FIG. 17A  is a plan view of an intermediate member  170 . 
         FIG. 17B  is one sectional view of the intermediate member  170 . 
         FIG. 17C  is another sectional view of the intermediate member  170 . 
         FIG. 18A  is a perspective view of an intermediate member  170 ′. 
         FIG. 18B  is a plan view of the intermediate member  170 ′. 
         FIG. 19A  is one sectional view of the end member  150 . 
         FIG. 19B  is another sectional view of the end member  150 . 
         FIG. 20A  is view illustrating an example of a posture in which the driving shaft  70  is inclined in one section of the end member  150 . 
         FIG. 20B  is a view illustrating an example of a posture in which the driving shaft  70  is inclined in another section of the end member  150 . 
         FIG. 21  is an outer appearance perspective view of an end member  250 . 
         FIG. 22  is an exploded perspective view of a bearing member  251 . 
         FIG. 23A  is a plan view of a main body  255  of the bearing member  251 . 
         FIG. 23B  is a perspective view of the main body  255  of the bearing member  251 . 
         FIG. 24  is a sectional view of the main body  255  of the bearing member  251 . 
         FIG. 25A  is a perspective view of an intermediate member  270 . 
         FIG. 25B  is a front view of the intermediate member  270 . 
         FIG. 25C  is a sectional view of the intermediate member  270 . 
         FIG. 26A  is one sectional view of the end member  250 . 
         FIG. 26B  is another sectional view of the end member  250 . 
         FIG. 27A  is a view illustrating an example of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined in one section of the end member  250 . 
         FIG. 27B  is a view illustrating an example of the posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined in another section of the end member  250 . 
         FIG. 28  is a perspective view of an end member  350 . 
         FIG. 29  is an exploded perspective view of a bearing member  351 . 
         FIG. 30A  is a plan view of a main body  355  of the bearing member  351 . 
         FIG. 30B  is a perspective view of the main body  355  of the bearing member  351 . 
         FIG. 31  is a sectional view of the main body  355  of the bearing member  351 . 
         FIG. 32A  is another sectional view of the main body  355  of the bearing member  351 . 
         FIG. 32B  is still another sectional view of the main body  355  of the bearing member  351 . 
         FIG. 33A  is a perspective view of an intermediate member  370 . 
         FIG. 33B  is a front view of the intermediate member  370 . 
         FIG. 33C  is a sectional view of the intermediate member  370 . 
         FIG. 34  is one sectional view of the end member  350 . 
         FIG. 35A  is another sectional view of the end member  350 . 
         FIG. 35B  is still another sectional view of the end member  350 . 
         FIG. 36  is a view illustrating an example of the posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined in one section of the end member  350 . 
         FIG. 37A  is a view illustrating an example of the posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined in another section of the end member  350 . 
         FIG. 37B  is a view illustrating an example of the posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined in still another section of the end member  350 . 
         FIG. 38A  is a perspective view of an intermediate member  470 . 
         FIG. 38B  is a front view of the intermediate member  470 . 
         FIG. 38C  is a plan view of the intermediate member  470 . 
         FIG. 39A  is a perspective view of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is attached to the intermediate member  470 . 
         FIG. 39B  is a sectional view of the posture in which the shaft member  61  is attached to the intermediate member  470 . 
         FIG. 40A  is a plan view of a main body  555  of a bearing member  551 . 
         FIG. 40B  is a perspective view of the main body  555  of the bearing member  551 . 
         FIG. 41  is a sectional view of the main body  555  of the bearing member  551 . 
         FIG. 42A  is another sectional view of the main body  555  of the bearing member  551 . 
         FIG. 42B  is still another sectional view of the main body  555  of the bearing member  551 . 
         FIG. 43  is a perspective view of the bearing member  551 . 
         FIG. 44A  is a sectional view of the bearing member  551 . 
         FIG. 44B  is another sectional view of the bearing member  551 . 
         FIG. 45  is a view illustrating a scene where the intermediate member  370  is attached to the main body  555 . 
         FIG. 46  is a view illustrating an inclination of the shaft member  61  and a position of a guide member  375 . 
         FIG. 47A  is a perspective view of a bearing member  551 ′. 
         FIG. 47B  is an enlarged perspective view illustrating a part of the bearing member  551 ′. 
         FIG. 48  is a perspective view of a bearing member  551 ″. 
         FIG. 49A  is a sectional view of a main body  655 . 
         FIG. 49B  is another sectional view of the main body  655 . 
         FIG. 50A  is a perspective view of an intermediate member  670 . 
         FIG. 50B  is a front view of the intermediate member  670 . 
         FIG. 50C  is a plan view of the intermediate member  670 . 
         FIG. 51A  is a view illustrating a scene where the intermediate member  670  is attached to the main body  655 . 
         FIG. 51B  is a view illustrating one scene where the intermediate member  670  swings in the main body  655 . 
         FIG. 52  is a perspective view of an end member  730 . 
         FIG. 53  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  730 . 
         FIG. 54A  is a perspective view of a bearing member  740 . 
         FIG. 54B  is a plan view of the bearing member  740 . 
         FIG. 55A  is a sectional view of the bearing member  740 . 
         FIG. 55B  is another sectional view of the bearing member  740 . 
         FIG. 56A  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  751 . 
         FIG. 56B  is a sectional view of the rotating shaft  751 . 
         FIG. 57A  is a perspective view of a tip end member  755 . 
         FIG. 57B  is a plan view of the tip end member  755 . 
         FIG. 57C  is one sectional view of the tip end member  755 . 
         FIG. 57D  is another sectional view of the tip end member  755 . 
         FIG. 58A  is a perspective view of a claw member  759 . 
         FIG. 58B  is a front view of the claw member  759 . 
         FIG. 59A  is a side view of the claw member  759 . 
         FIG. 59B  is a sectional view of the claw member  759 . 
         FIG. 60A  is a perspective view of combination of the bearing member  740  and the rotating shaft  751 . 
         FIG. 60B  is a plan view of the combination of the bearing member  740  and the rotating shaft  751 . 
         FIG. 60C  is a sectional view of the combination of the bearing member  740  and the rotating shaft  751 . 
         FIG. 61A  is an exploded perspective view of a shaft member  750 . 
         FIG. 61B  is a sectional view of the shaft member  750 . 
         FIG. 62  is a sectional view of the end member  730 . 
         FIG. 63A  is a sectional view focusing on the vicinity of a rotating force transmission member  754  in the sectional view of the end member  730 . 
         FIG. 63B  is another sectional view focusing on the vicinity of the rotating force transmission member  754  in the end member  730 . 
         FIG. 64A  is a perspective view of a shaft member  850 . 
         FIG. 64B  is an exploded perspective view of the shaft member  850 . 
         FIG. 65  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  851  and a tip end member  855 . 
         FIG. 66A  is a plan view of the rotating shaft  851  and the tip end member  855 . 
         FIG. 66B  is one sectional view of the rotating shaft  851  and the tip end member  855 . 
         FIG. 66C  is another sectional view of the rotating shaft  851  and the tip end member  855 . 
         FIG. 67A  is a perspective view of a claw member  859 . 
         FIG. 67B  is a front view of the claw member  859 . 
         FIG. 67C  is a sectional view of the claw member  859 . 
         FIG. 68A  is one sectional view of the shaft member  850 . 
         FIG. 68B  is another sectional view of the shaft member  850 . 
         FIG. 69  is a sectional view of an end member  830 . 
         FIG. 70A  is one sectional view illustrating the periphery of the claw member  859  in the end member  830 . 
         FIG. 70B  is another sectional view illustrating the periphery of the claw member  859  in the end member  830 . 
         FIG. 71  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  851  and a tip end member  955 . 
         FIG. 72A  is a perspective view of a claw member  1059 . 
         FIG. 72B  is a front view of the claw member  1059 . 
         FIG. 72C  is a sectional view of the claw member  1059 . 
         FIG. 73A  is one sectional view of a shaft member  1050 . 
         FIG. 73B  is another sectional view of the shaft member  1050 . 
         FIG. 74A  is a perspective view of a shaft member  1150 . 
         FIG. 74B  is an exploded perspective view of the shaft member  1150 . 
         FIG. 75  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  1151  and a tip end member  1155 . 
         FIG. 76A  is a plan view of the rotating shaft  1151  and the tip end member  1155 . 
         FIG. 76B  is one sectional view of the rotating shaft  1151  and the tip end member  1155 . 
         FIG. 76C  is another sectional view of the rotating shaft  1151  and the tip end member  1155 . 
         FIG. 77A  is a perspective view of a claw member  1159 . 
         FIG. 77B  is a perspective view when viewed from another direction of the claw member  1159 . 
         FIG. 77C  is a front view of the claw member  1159 . 
         FIG. 78A  is one sectional view of the shaft member  1150 . 
         FIG. 78B  is another sectional view of the shaft member  1150 . 
         FIG. 79  is a sectional view of an end member  1130 . 
         FIG. 80A  is one sectional view illustrating the periphery of the claw member  1159  in the end member  1130 . 
         FIG. 80B  is another sectional view illustrating the periphery of the claw member  1159  in the end member  1130 . 
         FIG. 81A  is a perspective view of a shaft member  1250 . 
         FIG. 81B  is an exploded perspective view of the shaft member  1250 . 
         FIG. 82A  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  1251 . 
         FIG. 82B  is a plan view of the rotating shaft  1251 . 
         FIG. 82C  is a sectional view of the rotating shaft  1251 . 
         FIG. 83A  is a perspective view of a claw member  1259 . 
         FIG. 83B  is a perspective view when viewed from another direction of the claw member  1259 . 
         FIG. 83C  is a front view of the claw member  1259 . 
         FIG. 84A  is one sectional view of the shaft member  1250 . 
         FIG. 84B  is another sectional view of the shaft member  1250 . 
         FIG. 85  is a sectional view of an end member  1230 . 
         FIG. 86A  is one sectional view illustrating the periphery of the claw member  1259  of the end member  1230 . 
         FIG. 86B  is another sectional view illustrating the periphery of the claw member  1259  of the end member  1230 . 
         FIG. 87  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  1330 . 
         FIG. 88  is an exploded sectional view of the end member  1330 . 
         FIG. 89  is a perspective view of a bearing member  1340 . 
         FIG. 90A  is one perspective view of a rotating shaft holding member  1346 . 
         FIG. 90B  is another perspective view of the rotating shaft holding member  1346 . 
         FIG. 91A  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  1351 . 
         FIG. 91B  is a plan view of the rotating shaft  1351 . 
         FIG. 92A  is a perspective view of a rotating force transmission member  1354 . 
         FIG. 92B  is a plan view of the rotating force transmission member  1354 . 
         FIG. 93  is a sectional view of the end member  1330 . 
         FIG. 94  is another sectional view of the end member  1330 . 
         FIG. 95  is a perspective view of an end member  1430 . 
         FIG. 96  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  1430 . 
         FIG. 97A  is a perspective view of a bearing member  1440 . 
         FIG. 97B  is a plan view of the bearing member  1440 . 
         FIG. 98A  is a sectional view of the bearing member  1440 . 
         FIG. 98B  is another sectional view of the bearing member  1440 . 
         FIG. 99A  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  1451 . 
         FIG. 99B  is a sectional view of the rotating shaft  1451 . 
         FIG. 100A  is a perspective view of a rotating force receiving member  1455 . 
         FIG. 100B  is a plan view of the rotating force receiving member  1455 . 
         FIG. 100C  is a sectional view of the rotating force receiving member  1455 . 
         FIG. 101A  is a perspective view of a regulating member  1459 . 
         FIG. 101B  is a front view of the regulating member  1459 . 
         FIG. 101C  is a side view of the regulating member  1459 . 
         FIG. 102A  is a perspective view of combination of the bearing member  1440  and the rotating shaft  1451 . 
         FIG. 102B  is a plan view of the combination of the bearing member  1440  and the rotating shaft  1451 . 
         FIG. 102C  is a sectional view of the combination of the bearing member  1440  and the rotating shaft  1451 . 
         FIG. 103A  is an exploded perspective view of a shaft member  1450 . 
         FIG. 103B  is a sectional view of the shaft member  1450 . 
         FIG. 104  is a sectional view of the end member  1430 . 
         FIG. 105  is a sectional view of the end member  1430 . 
         FIG. 106  is a sectional view of the end member  1430 . 
         FIG. 107  is a perspective view of an end member  1530 . 
         FIG. 108  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  1530 . 
         FIG. 109A  is a perspective view of a bearing member  1540 . 
         FIG. 109B  is a plan view of the bearing member  1540 . 
         FIG. 110A  is a sectional view of the bearing member  1540 . 
         FIG. 110B  is another sectional view of the bearing member  1540 . 
         FIG. 111A  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  1551  and a rotating force receiving member  1555 . 
         FIG. 111B  is a sectional view of the rotating shaft  1551  and the rotating force receiving member  1555 . 
         FIG. 111C  is another sectional view of the rotating shaft  1551  and the rotating force receiving member  1555 . 
         FIG. 112A  is a perspective view of a regulating member  1559 . 
         FIG. 112B  is another perspective view of the regulating member  1559 . 
         FIG. 113  is a sectional view of the end member  1530 . 
         FIG. 114  is a sectional view of the end member  1530 . 
         FIG. 115  is a sectional view of the end member  1530 . 
         FIG. 116A  is a perspective view of an end member  1630 . 
         FIG. 116B  is another perspective view of the end member  1630 . 
         FIG. 117  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  1630 . 
         FIG. 118A  is a perspective view of a bearing member  1640 . 
         FIG. 118B  is a plan view of the bearing member  1640 . 
         FIG. 119  is an exploded perspective view of a shaft member  1650 . 
         FIG. 120  is an enlarged perspective view illustrating a part of the shaft member  1650 . 
         FIG. 121  is an enlarged perspective view illustrating a part of the shaft member  1650 . 
         FIG. 122  is an exploded perspective view of a shaft member  1750 . 
         FIG. 123  is a sectional view of an end member  1730 . 
         FIG. 124  is a sectional view of a posture in which the end member  1730  is deformed. 
         FIG. 125A  is a front view of an end member  1830 . 
         FIG. 125B  is a front view illustrating a cut-out part of the end member  1830 . 
         FIG. 126  is a perspective view illustrating a cut-out part of the end member  1830 . 
         FIG. 127  is a sectional view of the end member  1830 . 
         FIG. 128  is a perspective view of a bearing member  1840 . 
         FIG. 129  is a perspective view of an engaging member  1854 . 
         FIG. 130  is a perspective view of a crank shaft  1855 . 
         FIG. 131  is a perspective view of a regulation shaft  1861 . 
         FIG. 132  is a sectional view in a posture in which the end member  1830  is deformed. 
         FIG. 133  is a perspective view of an end member  1930 . 
         FIG. 134  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  1930 . 
         FIG. 135A  is a perspective view of a bearing member  1940 . 
         FIG. 135B  is a front view of the bearing member  1940 . 
         FIG. 135C  is a plan view of the bearing member  1940 . 
         FIG. 136A  is an end surface view which is orthogonal to the axial direction of the bearing member  1940 . 
         FIG. 136B  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the bearing member  1940 . 
         FIG. 137A  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  1951 . 
         FIG. 137B  is a sectional view of the rotating shaft  1951 . 
         FIG. 138A  is a perspective view of a tip end member  1955 . 
         FIG. 138B  is a sectional view of the tip end member  1955 . 
         FIG. 139A  is a perspective view of a rotating force receiving member  1958 . 
         FIG. 139B  is a sectional view of the rotating force receiving member  1958 . 
         FIG. 140  is a sectional view of the end member  1930 . 
         FIG. 141A  is an end surface view which is orthogonal to the axial direction of the end member  1930 . 
         FIG. 141B  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  1930 . 
         FIG. 142  is a perspective view of the end member  1930 . 
         FIG. 143  is a sectional view of the end member  1930 . 
         FIG. 144A  is a perspective view of a scene where the driving shaft  70  and the end member  1930  are engaged. 
         FIG. 144B  is an enlarged perspective view illustrating the engaged part. 
         FIG. 145  is a sectional view along the axial direction of a scene where the driving shaft  70  and the end member  1930  are engaged. 
         FIG. 146A  is a schematic view illustrating a force generated in a posture in which a rotating force is transmitted. 
         FIG. 146B  is a schematic view illustrating a force generated in a scene where the processing cartridge is disengaged. 
         FIG. 147  is a view illustrating a receiving member  2059 . 
         FIG. 148A  is a view illustrating a posture in which the receiving member  2059  is engaged with the driving shaft  70  and the rotating force is transmitted. 
         FIG. 148B  is a view illustrating a scene where the driving shaft  70  is disengaged from the receiving member  2059 . 
         FIG. 149  is a perspective view illustrating a receiving member  2159 . 
         FIG. 150A  is a view illustrating a posture in which the receiving member  2159  is engaged with the driving shaft  70  and the rotating force is transmitted. 
         FIG. 150B  is a view illustrating a scene where the driving shaft  70  is disengaged from the receiving member  2159 . 
         FIG. 151  is another view illustrating a scene where the driving shaft  70  is disengaged from the receiving member  2159 . 
         FIG. 152  is a view illustrating a force generated when the driving shaft  70  is disengaged from the receiving member  2159 . 
         FIG. 153A  is a sectional view illustrating a posture in which the end member  1930  is engaged with the driving shaft  70 . 
         FIG. 153B  is a sectional view illustrating one example of a scene where the end member  1930  is disengaged from the driving shaft  70 . 
         FIG. 154A  is a sectional view illustrating a posture in which the end member  1930  is engaged with the driving shaft  70 . 
         FIG. 154B  is a sectional view illustrating another example of a scene where the end member  1930  is disengaged from the driving shaft  70 . 
         FIG. 155  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  2230 . 
         FIG. 156  is an exploded sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  2230 . 
         FIG. 157A  is a perspective view of a main body  2241  of a bearing member  2240 . 
         FIG. 157B  is a plan view of the main body  2241  of the bearing member  2240 . 
         FIG. 158  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  2251 . 
         FIG. 159  is an exploded perspective view illustrating a bearing member  2240 ′ which is a modification example. 
         FIG. 160A  is a sectional view in the axial direction of an end member  2230 ′. 
         FIG. 160B  is a sectional view in the shaft direction in another posture of the end member  2230 ′. 
         FIG. 161  is an exploded perspective view illustrating a modification example. 
         FIG. 162  is a perspective view of an end member  2330 . 
         FIG. 163  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  2330 . 
         FIG. 164  is a sectional view in the axial direction of a bearing member  2340 . 
         FIG. 165A  is a perspective view of a rotating shaft  2351 . 
         FIG. 165B  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the rotating shaft  2351 . 
         FIG. 166  is a perspective view of a tip end member  2355 . 
         FIG. 167  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the end member  2330 . 
         FIG. 168A  is an end surface view which is orthogonal to the axial direction of the end member  2330 . 
         FIG. 168B  is a view illustrating a relationship between the rotating shaft  2351  and a projection  2356 . 
         FIG. 169  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the end member  2330 . 
         FIG. 170  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  2430 . 
         FIG. 171  is an exploded sectional view of the end member  2430 . 
         FIG. 172  is a sectional view of the end member  2430 . 
         FIG. 173  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  2430 ′. 
         FIG. 174  is a perspective view of a tip end member  2455 ′. 
         FIG. 175  is a sectional view along the axis of the end member  2430 ′. 
         FIG. 176  is another sectional view along the axis of the end member  2430 ′. 
         FIG. 177  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  2430 ″. 
         FIG. 178  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  2430 ″. 
         FIG. 179  is a sectional view of the end member  2430 ″. 
         FIG. 180A  is an outer appearance perspective view of a photoreceptor drum unit in which a driving side end member  2550  is illustrated in front. 
         FIG. 180B  is an outer appearance perspective view of a photoreceptor drum unit  2510  in which a non-driving side end member  2520  is in front. 
         FIG. 181A  is an outer appearance perspective view of the driving side end member  2550  in which a bearing portion  2556  is illustrated in front. 
         FIG. 181B  is an outer appearance perspective view of the driving side end member  2550  in which a fitting portion is illustrated in front. 
         FIG. 182A  is a front view of the driving side end member  2550  when viewed from the bearing portion  2556  side. 
         FIG. 182B  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 182b -C 182b  in  FIG. 182A . 
         FIG. 183A  is a perspective view of a driving shaft  2570 . 
         FIG. 183B  is a front view of the driving shaft  2570 . 
         FIG. 184  is a view focusing on the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  and the periphery thereof on a section of the processing cartridge in a scene where the processing cartridge  3  including the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  is mounted on the apparatus main body  2 . 
         FIG. 185  is a view illustrating a scene where the bearing portion  2556  is inserted into a recessed portion  2571  of the driving shaft  2570 . 
     
    
    
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS 
     First, a first aspect will be described.  FIG. 1  is a view illustrating the first aspect, and is a perspective view schematically illustrating an image forming apparatus  1  including a processing cartridge  3  and an image forming apparatus main body  2  (hereinafter, there is a case of being described as “apparatus main body  2 ”) in which the processing cartridge  3  is mounted and used. The processing cartridge  3  can be mounted on and disengaged from the apparatus main body  2  by being moved in the direction illustrated by I in  FIG. 1 . 
       FIG. 2  schematically illustrates a structure of the processing cartridge  3 . As can be ascertained from  FIG. 2 , the processing cartridge  3  includes a photoreceptor drum unit  10  (refer to  FIG. 3 ), a charging roller  4 , a developing roller  5 , a regulating member  6 , and a cleaning blade  7 , inside a housing  3   a . In a posture in which the processing cartridge  3  is mounted on the apparatus main body  2 , as a recording medium, such as a paper sheet, moves along a line illustrated by II in  FIG. 2 , an image is transferred to the recording medium. 
     In addition, attachment and detachment of the processing cartridge  3  to and from the apparatus main body  2  are generally performed as follows. Since the photoreceptor drum unit  10  provided in the processing cartridge  3  receives a rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and rotates, a driving shaft  70  (refer to  FIG. 10 ) of the apparatus main body  2  and a shaft member  61  (refer to  FIG. 10 ) of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  are engaged at least when an operation is performed. Meanwhile, when attaching and detaching the processing cartridge  3  to and from the apparatus main body  2 , the engagement of the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2  and the shaft member  61  of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is released. 
     In other words, it is necessary to appropriately engage the shaft member  61  of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  with the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2 , and to transmit the rotation driving force. 
     Hereinafter, each configuration member will be described. 
     As described above, in the processing cartridge  3 , the charging roller  4 , the developing roller  5 , the regulating member  6 , the cleaning blade  7 , and the photoreceptor drum unit  10  are provided. The members are included inside the housing  3   a . Each member is as follows. 
     The charging roller  4  charges a photoreceptor drum  11  of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  by applying a voltage from the image forming apparatus main body  2 . The charging is performed as the charging roller  4  rotates following the photoreceptor drum  11  and comes into contact with an outer circumferential surface of the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     The developing roller  5  is a roller which supplies a developer to the photoreceptor drum  11 . In addition, an electrostatic latent image formed in the photoreceptor drum  11  is developed by the developing roller  5 . In addition, a fixing magnet is embedded in the developing roller  5 . 
     The regulating member  6  is a member which adjusts an amount of a developer which is adhered to the outer circumferential surface of the developing roller  5 , and gives a frictional electrification charge to the developer itself. 
     The cleaning blade  7  is a blade which comes into contact with the outer circumferential surface of the photoreceptor drum  11 , and removes the developer remaining after transferring by a tip end thereof. 
       FIG. 3  is an outer appearance perspective view of the photoreceptor drum unit  10 .  FIG. 3A  is an outer appearance perspective view of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  in which a driving side end member  50  is illustrated in front.  FIG. 3B  is an outer appearance perspective view of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  in which a non-driving side end member  20  is illustrated in front. As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 3A and 3B , the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is provided with the photoreceptor drum  11 , the non-driving side end member  20  which is one end member in an end member pair, and the driving side end member  50  which is the other end member in the end member pair. 
     The photoreceptor drum  11  is a member which covers a photoreceptor layer on the outer circumferential surface of a drum cylinder (there is a case of being called “base body”) which is a cylindrical rotating body. In other words, the drum cylinder is a conductive cylinder made of aluminum or the like, and here, the cylinder is covered with the photoreceptor layer. In the photoreceptor layer, characters or figures to be transferred to the recording medium, such as a paper sheet, are formed. 
     The base body is a member in which a conductive material made of aluminum or aluminum alloy is formed in a cylindrical shape. A type of the aluminum alloy used in the base body is not particularly limited, but 6000 series, 5000 series, and 3000 series aluminum alloys which are defined by JIS standard (JIS H 4140) which are used as the base body of the photoreceptor drum in many cases, are preferable. 
     In addition, the photoreceptor layer formed on the outer circumferential surface of the base body is not particularly limited, and a known material can be employed according to the purpose. 
     It is possible to manufacture the base body by forming the cylindrical shape by a cutting process, an extrusion processing, or a drawing processing. In addition, it is possible to manufacture the photoreceptor drum  11  by laminating by coating the outer circumferential surface of the base body with the photoreceptor layer. 
     In order to rotate the photoreceptor drum  11  around the axis as will be described later, the end member pair is attached to one end of the photoreceptor drum  11 . One end member is the non-driving side end member  20 , and the other end member is the driving side end member  50 . Here, the base body has a hollow cylindrical shape, but may be a shape of a solid rod. 
     The non-driving side end member  20  is an end member which is disposed in an end portion on a side on which the driving shaft  70  (refer to  FIG. 10 ) of the apparatus main body  2  is not engaged, among the end portions in the axial direction of the photoreceptor drum  11 .  FIG. 4  is an outer appearance perspective view of the non-driving side end member  20 .  FIG. 4A  is an outer appearance perspective view in which a cap member  31  side is illustrated in front.  FIG. 4B  is an outer appearance perspective view in which an earth plate  40  which is opposite to the cap member  31  is illustrated in front. In addition,  FIG. 5  is a sectional view in the axial direction along a line illustrated by C 5 -C 5 V in  FIG. 4A . 
     As can be ascertained from the drawings, the non-driving side end member  20  is configured to include a flange member  21 , the cap member  31 , an elastic member  41 , and the earth plate  40 . 
     In the aspect, the earth plate  40  is provided in the non-driving side end member  20 . 
       FIG. 6A  is an outer appearance perspective view of the flange member  21 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 4 to 6A , the flange member  21  is provided with a cylindrical outer tube portion  22 , and a cylindrical inner tube portion  23  which is coaxial to the outer tube portion  22  is disposed inside the outer tube portion  22 . Therefore, the flange member  21  has a double tube structure. However, a bottom portion  24  is provided between one end of the outer tube portion  22  and one end of the inner tube portion  23 , and at least a part thereof is blocked. The inner tube portion  23  is held inside the outer tube portion  22  by the bottom portion  24 . 
     Among the end portions of the outer tube portion  22 , a ring-shaped contact wall  25  provided to stand from the outer circumferential surface of the outer tube portion  22  is provided in the end portion opposite to the bottom portion  24 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 3A and 3B , in a posture in which the non-driving side end member  20  is mounted on the photoreceptor drum  11 , an end surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  comes into contact with the contact wall  25  to abut against the contact wall  25 . Accordingly, the depth of insertion of the non-driving side end member  20  into the photoreceptor drum  11  is regulated. 
     Among the end portions of the outer tube portion  22 , the end portion on the bottom portion  24  side, that is, the side opposite to the side on which the contact wall  25  is provided, is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 , and functions as a fitting portion which is fixed to an inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  by an adhesive. Accordingly, the non-driving side end member  20  is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 . Therefore, the outer diameter of the outer tube portion  22  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the photoreceptor drum  11  within a range in which insertion into the cylindrical inner side of the photoreceptor drum  11  is possible. 
     At a part which functions as the fitting portion, a groove  22   a  may be formed on the outer circumferential surface. Accordingly, the groove  22   a  is filled with the adhesive, and adhesiveness between the non-driving side end member  20  and the photoreceptor drum  11  is improved by an anchor effect or the like. 
     In addition, cap member engaging means  26  are provided at a predetermined interval to protrude from the inner surface, on the inner surface of the outer tube portion  22 . The cap member engaging means  26  is means for holding the cap member  31  which will be described later by the flange member  21 . However, the cap member engaging means  26  is configured not to regulate the movement of the cap member  31  in the axial direction with respect to the flange member  21  while regulating the cap member  31  not to fall out of the flange member  21 . 
     If the regulation in this manner is possible, an aspect of the cap member engaging means  26  is not particularly limited. As one example thereof, a hook-like projection provided with a hook toward the bottom portion  24  side as described in the aspect illustrated in  FIGS. 5 and 6A , can be employed. in addition, in the aspect, a hole  24   a  is provided in the bottom portion  24 , and a position thereof corresponds to the cap member engaging means  26 . Accordingly, it is possible to integrally manufacture the flange member  21  including the cap member engaging means  26  by injection molding. 
     In addition, a support shaft member  3   b  provided on the inner surface of the housing  3   a  of the processing cartridge  3  which will be described later, is inserted into the cylindrical inner side of the inner tube portion  23  (refer to  FIG. 11 ). Therefore, a hole of the inner tube portion  23  is formed to have the size by which the hole can function as a bearing. 
       FIG. 6B  is an outer appearance perspective view of the cap member  31 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 4, 5, and 6B , the cap member  31  is a cylindrical member which has a bottom portion  32  in one end portion. In the bottom portion  32 , a circular hole  32   a  around a cylindrical shaft of the cap member  31  is provided. The support shaft member  3   b  provided on the inner surface of the housing  3   a  of the processing cartridge  3  is inserted into the hole  32   a  as will be described later (refer to  FIG. 11 ). Therefore, the hole  32   a  is formed to have the size by which at least the support shaft member  3   b  can pass through. 
     The size of the outer circumferential portion of the cap member  31  is formed to be capable of being accommodated in the outer tube portion  22  of the flange member  21 . In other words, the outer diameter of the cap member  31  becomes smaller than the inner diameter of the outer tube portion  22  of the flange member  21 . In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 6B , in the outer circumferential portion of the cap member  31 , a slit  31   a  is provided in the axial direction from the end portion opposite to the bottom portion  32 . 
     The slit  31   a  is provided at a position which corresponds to the cap member engaging means  26  of the flange member  21 , and has the size by which the cap member engaging means  26  can be disposed inside the slit  31   a . Accordingly, the cap member engaging means  26  can link the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  without interfering with the cap member  31 . 
     In addition, on the inner side of the cap member  31 , flange member engaging means  33  is provided to stand in the direction parallel to the axial direction from the bottom portion  32 . The flange member engaging means  33  is means for being engaged with the cap member engaging means  26 , and holding the cap member  31  to the flange member  21 . As described above, while the flange member engaging means  33  is coupled with the cap member engaging means  26 , and the cap member  31  is regulated not to fall out of the flange member  21 , the movement of the cap member  31  along the axial direction with respect to the flange member  21  is not regulated. 
     Therefore, the flange member engaging means  33  is disposed at a position which corresponds to the cap member engaging means  26 , and is positioned to be aligned with the slit  31   a  on the cylindrical inner side of the cap member  31 . The flange member engaging means  33  is not particularly limited if the means acts as described above. As one example, a hook-like projection which corresponds to the cap member engaging means  26  and is provided with a hook toward the bottom portion  32  side on the slit  31   a  side, can be employed. In addition, in the aspect, a hole  32   b  is provided in the bottom portion  32 , and a position thereof corresponds to the flange member engaging means  33 . Accordingly, it is possible to integrally manufacture the cap member  31  including the flange member engaging means  33  by injection molding. 
     The elastic member  41  is means for biasing both the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  in the separating direction when the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  are combined with each other. A specific aspect of the elastic member  41  is not particularly limited, but it is possible to use a so-called coiled spring. At this time, as illustrated in  FIG. 5 , it is possible to use the coiled spring which has the inner diameter by which insertion of the inner tube portion  23  on the inner side thereof is possible, and the outer diameter by which falling out of the hole  32   a  is not possible. 
       FIG. 7  is a perspective view of the earth plate  40 . The earth plate  40  is a conductive member which has a shape of a circular plate, and a protrusion portion  40   a  is formed to be in contact with the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  from the outer circumferential portion thereof. In addition, a contact piece  40   b  which comes into contact with the support shaft member  3   b  of the processing cartridge  3  is provided at the center of the earth plate  40  as will be described later. In other words, the earth plate  40  is similar to a known earth plate, a structure for the earth plate  40  is not particularly limited, and a known shape can be employed. 
     The flange member  21 , the cap member  31 , the elastic member  41 , and the earth plate  40 , are, for example, combined with each other as follows, and become the non-driving side end member  20 . This will be described by postures illustrated in  FIGS. 4 and 5 . 
     The bottom portion  24  in the flange member  21  and an end portion (that is, an opening end) on the opposite side, and the bottom portion  32  of the cap member  31  and the end portion (that is, an opening end) on the opposite side, face each other, and the cap member  31  is inserted into the flange member  21 . Therefore, in the non-driving side end member  20 , the bottom portion  24  appears, and the bottom portion  32  appears on the opposite side. 
     In addition, at this time, as illustrated in  FIG. 5 , the elastic member  41  is nipped between the flange member  21  and the cap member  31 . Specifically, one end of the elastic member  41  in the biasing direction is disposed in the bottom portion  24 , and the other end is disposed being in contact with the bottom portion  32 . In a case where the elastic member  41  is the coiled spring, the inner tube portion  23  is inserted into the elastic member  41 . 
     Accordingly, the elastic member  41  is biased in the direction of separating the flange member  21  and the cap member  31 , and a part of the cap member  31  is projected out of the flange member  21 . 
     Meanwhile, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 5 , at a position where the cap member  31  is projected out of the flange member  21  by a predetermined size, the cap member engaging means  26  and the flange member engaging means  33  are engaged with each other, and the movement in the direction in which the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  are separated from each other is regulated. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the cap member  31  from falling out of the flange member  21 . 
     Above, as illustrated in  FIGS. 4A and 5 , a part of the cap member  31  can maintain a posture of being protruded from the flange member  21  in a biased state. 
     In addition, the earth plate  40  is a non-driving side end member which is disposed to overlap an outer side of the bottom portion  24  of the flange member  21 . At this time, as illustrated in  FIG. 5 , a tip end of the contact piece  40   b  of the earth plate  40  is disposed on the inner side of the inner tube portion  23  of the flange member  21 . 
     Here, the movement of the cap member engaging means  26  and the flange member engaging means  33  in the direction parallel to the axial direction, other than the direction in which the cap member  31  is separated from the flange member  21  more than the postures illustrated in  FIGS. 4A and 5 , is not regulated. Therefore, when pressing the bottom portion  24  and/or the bottom portion  32  to approach each other against the biasing force of the elastic member  41  from the posture illustrated in  FIG. 5 , the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  can relatively move in the direction parallel to the axial direction to approach each other.  FIG. 8  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 8A  is a perspective view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 4A .  FIG. 8B  is a sectional view form the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 5 . In this manner, in a state where the cap member  31  more deeply gets into the flange member  21 , both the cap member  31  and the flange member  21  can relatively move in the direction parallel to the axial direction. Accordingly, the length of the non-driving side end member  20  in the axial direction changes, and for example, the length which is T 1  in the posture of  FIG. 5  becomes T 2  which is shorter than T 1  in the posture of  FIG. 8B . 
     It is preferable that the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  are formed of a crystalline resin. In case of the crystalline resin, when performing injection molding by using a mold, molding processing properties are excellent since a flow is excellent, and even when cooling is not performed until reaching a glass transition point, releasing is possible by crystallizing and fixing. Therefore, it is possible to remarkably improve productivity. In addition, the crystalline resin has excellent heat resistance, solvent resistance, oil resistance, grease resistance, friction and wear resistance, and sliding properties, and is preferable as a material which is employed in the end member from the viewpoint of the rigidity and hardness. 
     Examples of the crystalline resin include polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide, polyacetal, polyethylene telephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, methyl pentene, polyphenylene sulfide, polyetherether ketone, polytetrafluoroethylene, and nylon. 
     Among these, a polyacetal-based resin is preferable from the viewpoint of molding processing properties. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the strength, a glass fiber or a carbon fiber may be filled. 
     In addition, the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  may be formed of different materials. The flange member  21  and the cap member  31  mutually slide at the time of expansion and contraction, but there is a case where abnormal noise is generated at the time of expansion and contraction when both the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  are formed of the same material. Meanwhile, it is possible to prevent the abnormal noise by configuring both the flange member  21  and the cap member  31  by different materials. 
     Returning to  FIG. 3 , the driving side end member  50  will be described. The driving side end member  50  is an end member which is disposed in the end portion on a side on which the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2  is engaged, on a side opposite to the non-driving side end member  20 , among the end portions in the direction along the axis of the photoreceptor drum  11 .  FIG. 9A  is an outer appearance perspective view of the driving side end member  50 .  FIG. 9B  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the shaft member  61  which configures the driving side end member  50 . 
     The driving side end member  50  is provided with a bearing member  51  and a shaft member  61 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 9 , the bearing member  51  includes a tubular body  52 , a contact wall  53 , a fitting portion  54 , a gear portion  55 , and a holding portion. 
     The tubular body  52  is an overall tubular member, and the contact wall  53  which comes into contact with and is locked to the end surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  from a part of the outer circumferential surface, stands. Accordingly, the depth of insertion of the driving side end member  50  into the photoreceptor drum  11  is regulated in a posture in which the driving side end member  50  is mounted on the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     By nipping the contact wall  53  of the tubular body  52 , the fitting portion  54  of which one side is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11  is made. The fitting portion  54  is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 , and is fixed to the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  by the adhesive. Accordingly, the driving side end member  50  is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 . Therefore, the outer diameter of the fitting portion  54  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the photoreceptor drum  11  within a range in which insertion into the cylindrical inner side of the photoreceptor drum  11  is possible. 
     A groove  54   a  may be formed on the outer circumferential surface in the fitting portion  54 . Accordingly, the groove  54   a  is filled with the adhesive, and adhesiveness between the bearing member  51  (driving side end member  50 ) and the photoreceptor drum  11  is improved by an anchor effect or the like. 
     By nipping the contact wall  53 , the gear portion  55  is formed on the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  52  opposite to the fitting portion  54 . The gear portion  55  is a gear which transmits the rotating force to another member, such as the developing roller, and in the aspect, a helical gear is disposed. However, the type of the gear is not particularly limited, and may be a spur gear. In addition, it is not necessary to provide the gear. 
     Furthermore, the holding portion which holds the shaft member  61  is provided on the tubular inner side of the tubular body  52 . The holding portion is a part which holds a spherical body portion  64  of the shaft member  61  and a rotating force transmission pin  1465  as will be described later, and can allow the shaft member  61  swing. An aspect of the holding portion is not particularly limited if the function thereof is achieved, and a known aspect can be employed. For example, an aspect illustrated in PTL 1 can also be employed. 
     It is preferable that the bearing member  51  is formed of the crystalline resin. In case of the crystalline resin, when performing injection molding by using a mold, molding processing properties are excellent since the flow is excellent, and even when cooling is not performed until reaching the glass transition point, releasing is possible by crystallizing and fixing. Therefore, it is possible to remarkably improve productivity. In addition, the crystalline resin has excellent heat resistance, solvent resistance, oil resistance, grease resistance, friction and wear resistance, and sliding properties, and is preferable as a material which is employed in the end member from the viewpoint of the rigidity and hardness. 
     Examples of the crystalline resin include polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide, polyacetal, polyethylene telephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, methyl pentene, polyphenylene sulfide, polyetherether ketone, polytetrafluoroethylene, and nylon. 
     Among these, a polyacetal-based resin is preferable from the viewpoint of molding processing properties. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the strength, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be filled. 
     Meanwhile, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 9A and 9B , the shaft member  61  includes a coupling portion  62 , a rotating shaft  63 , the spherical body portion  64 , and the rotating force transmission pin  1465 . 
     The coupling portion  62  is a part which functions as a rotating force receiving portion that receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2 . Therefore, a shape which can be engaged with the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2  is provided as will be described later. 
     The rotating shaft  63  is a columnar shaft-shape member which functions as a rotating force transmission portion that transmits the rotating force received by the coupling portion  62 . Therefore, the coupling portion  62  is provided at one end of the rotating shaft  63 . In addition, the spherical body portion  64  which will be described in the following is provided at the other end. 
     The spherical body portion  64  is a spherical part which functions as a base end portion as can be ascertained from  FIG. 9B  in the aspect, and is provided in the end portion opposite to the side on which the coupling portion  62  is disposed among the end portions of the rotating shaft  63 . At this time, it is preferable that the center of the spherical body portion  64  is disposed on the axis of the rotating shaft  63 . Accordingly, it is possible to achieve more stabilized rotation of the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     The rotating force transmission pin  1465  is a columnar shaft-shape member which passes through the center of the spherical body portion  64 , and forms a rotating force transmission projection (there is a case of being described as a rotating force transmission projection  65  or a rotating force transmission pin  65 ) as both ends protrude from the spherical body portion  64  through the spherical body portion  64 . The axis of the rotating force transmission pin  1465  is provided to be orthogonal to the axis of the rotating shaft  63 . 
     A material of the shaft member  61  is not particularly limited, but it is possible to use a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS. However, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with load torque. In addition, the rigidity may be further improved by inserting metal into the resin, or the entire member may be made of metal. 
     The spherical body portion  64  of the shaft member  61  and the rotating force transmission pin  1465  are held to be swingable by the holding portion of the bearing member  51 . Accordingly, the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is attachable to and detachable from the apparatus main body. 
     Here, the driving side end member  50  is described as an example of one aspect, but the member is not particularly limited if the engaging portion (coupling member) is swingable to be inclined with respect to the axis of the driving shaft of the apparatus main body, and a known member can be employed. 
     Above, the outer tube portion  22  of the non-driving side end member  20  is inserted into one end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  until coming into contact with the contact wall  25 . At this time, the protrusion portion  40   a  of the earth plate  40  comes into contact with the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11 . In addition, as illustrated in  FIGS. 3A and 3B , by inserting the fitting portion  54  of the driving side end member  50  into the other end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  until coming into contact with the contact wall  53 , the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is made. 
     Next, a posture of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  in a posture in which the processing cartridge including the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is mounted on the image forming apparatus, will be described. 
     Here, the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body in the aspect will be described. It is possible to use a known configuration in other parts.  FIG. 10  is a scene where the driving shaft  70  which is provided in the apparatus main body and gives the rotation driving force to the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is engaged with the coupling portion  62  of the driving side end member  50 . 
     The driving shaft  70  is a columnar shaft member of which a tip end is a hemispherical surface, and a columnar driving projection  71  which serves as a rotating force giving portion that protrudes in the direction orthogonal to the rotating axis, is provided. On the side opposite to the tip end side illustrated in  FIG. 10  in the driving shaft  70 , it is possible to rotate the driving shaft  70  around the axis. 
       FIG. 11  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  focusing on the periphery of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  in the processing cartridge  3  mounted on the apparatus main body  2 . Therefore, the driving shaft  70 , the photoreceptor drum unit  10 , and the housing  3   a  which is at a part for holding the photoreceptor drum unit  10 , are illustrated in  FIG. 11 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 10 and 11 , in the driving side end member  50 , the tip end of the driving shaft  70  abuts against the coupling portion  62 . In addition, the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  is connected to be engaged with the coupling portion  62 , and can transmit the rotating force. In addition, the rotating force is transmitted to the driving side end member  50 , and the photoreceptor drum  11  is rotated. In accordance with this, the non-driving side end member  20  also rotates. 
     Meanwhile, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 11 , the support shaft member  3   b  which extends from the inner surface of the housing  3   a  of the processing cartridge  3  passes through the hole  32   a  provided in the bottom portion  32  of the cap member  31  in the non-driving side end member  20 , and is inserted into the inner tube portion  23  of the flange member  21 . Accordingly, the hole  32   a  and the inner tube portion  23  function as bearings, and support the photoreceptor drum unit  10  to be rotatable. 
     Here, in the driving side end member  50 , a part of the end surface of the driving shaft  70  side comes into contact with the housing  3   a  as illustrated by Cite in  FIG. 11 , and the movement in the direction in which the photoreceptor drum unit  10  approaches the driving shaft  70  is regulated. Meanwhile, in the non-driving side end member  20 , the surface opposite to the driving shaft  70  comes into contact with the housing  3   a  to overlap the inner surface of the housing  3   a  as illustrated by Cub in  FIG. 11 . Accordingly, the movement in the direction in which the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is separated from the driving shaft  70  is regulated. In other words, the non-driving side end member  20  and the driving side end member  50  come into contact with the housing  3   a  on the surface opposite to the photoreceptor drum  11  side, and the movement in the axial direction is regulated. A surface which faces the photoreceptor drum side does not come into contact with the housing  3   a , and is not regulated. 
     In other words, the movement of the photoreceptor drum unit  10  only in one direction among the directions along the axis of the photoreceptor drum  11  by the housing  3   a  (here, the direction of being separated from the driving shaft  70 ), is regulated by the non-driving side end member  20 , and the movement of the driving side end member  50  only in the other direction among the directions along the axis of the photoreceptor drum  11  by the housing ( 3   a ) (in the direction of approaching the driving shaft  70 ), is not regulated. 
     At this time, in order to reduce friction between the outer surface of the bottom portion  32  and the housing  3   a , here, lubricating oil may be coated, or friction prevention sheet (for example, a Teflon sheet (registered trademark), a nylon sheet, a felt sheet, or a PET sheet) may be nipped. Instead of this, the cap member  31  may be formed of a material having high sliding properties (for example, Teflon sheet (registered trademark)). 
     According to this, since the non-driving side end member  20  has the biasing force which presses the photoreceptor drum unit  10  to the driving shaft  70  side, and is extendable and contractable, it is possible to press the driving side end member  50  to the driving shaft  70  side, and to reliably engage the coupling portion  62  with the driving shaft  70 . In addition, since a range in which the cap member  31  of the non-driving side end member  20  is extendable and contractable may be employed, conditions for dimension accuracy is relieved. 
     At this time, since it is not necessary to regulate the movement in the direction in which the photoreceptor drum unit  10  is separated from the driving shaft  70  as described in PTL 1, the driving side end member  50  does not require a member provided in the housing  3   a  for the regulation. Therefore, since it is not necessary to make the photoreceptor drum fitted into a part which does not have enough dimension, it is not necessary to improve precision of the member, and thus, management becomes easy, and the productivity is also improved. 
     In addition, since it is not necessary to regulate the driving side end member  50  in this manner, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 11 , it is not necessary to form a part which is largely expanded in the radial direction of the driving side end member  50 . Therefore, it is possible to make the largest diameter of the gear portion  55  with respect to other parts in the driving side end member  50 . In addition, a shape at a part other than the gear portion  55 , can be formed to be equal to or less than the outer diameter (diameter) of the photoreceptor drum  11 . Accordingly, it is possible to simplify the shape, and to improve productivity. 
     In addition, in the non-driving side end member  20 , the contact piece  40   b  of the earth plate  40  comes into contact with the support shaft member  3   b , and accordingly, the photoreceptor drum  11 , the earth plate  40 , the support shaft member  3   b , and the apparatus main body  2  are electrically connected, and the apparatus main body  2  is conducted from the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     Next, a second aspect will be described.  FIG. 12  is a perspective view of a driving side end member  150 .  FIG. 13  is an exploded perspective view of the driving side end member  150 . In the aspect, instead of the driving side end member  50  in the above-described first aspect, the driving side end member  150  is employed. Here, the driving side end member  150  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 12 , the driving side end member  150  is provided with a bearing member  151  and a shaft member  61 . Here, since the shaft member  61  can be considered the same as that in the first aspect, the same reference numeral will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The bearing member  151  is a member which is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 .  FIG. 14  is an exploded perspective view of the bearing member  151 . As can be ascertained from  FIG. 14 , the bearing member  151  is provided with a main body  155  and an intermediate member  170 . Each of the members will be described. 
       FIG. 15A  is a plan view when the main body  155  is viewed from a side on which the intermediate member  170  is inserted.  FIG. 15B  is a sectional view by a line illustrated by C 15b -C 15b  in  FIG. 15A .  FIG. 15C  is a sectional view by a line illustrated by C 15c -C 15c  in  FIG. 15A .  FIGS. 15B and 15C  are sections deviated by 90° around the axis of the main body  155 . 
     In the aspect, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 13 to 15 , the main body  155  is provided with a cylindrical tubular body  156 . In addition, on an outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  156 , the ring-shaped contact wall  53  which stands along the outer circumferential surface, and the gear portion  55 , are formed. The outer diameter of the tubular body  156  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the photoreceptor drum  11 , and the main body  155  is fixed to the photoreceptor drum  11  by inserting one end side of the tubular body  156  into the photoreceptor drum  11  and making one end side fitted to the photoreceptor drum  11 . At this time, the end surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  is deeply inserted to bump into the contact wall  53 . At this time, in order to more firmly fix the main body  155 , the adhesive may be used. In addition, a groove  156   a  or unevenness may be provided in the tubular body  156  at a part in which the adhesive is disposed. Accordingly, the adhesive is held by the groove  156   a  or a recessed portion, and the photoreceptor drum  11  and the main body  155  are more firmly adhered to each other. 
     The gear portion  55  is a gear which transmits the rotating force to a developing roller unit, and is a helical gear in the aspect. The type of the gear is not particularly limited, and may be a spur gear or the like. However, it is not necessary to provide the gear. 
     On the tubular inner side of the tubular body  156 , a holding portion  160  which holds the shaft member  61  to the main body  155  via the intermediate member  170  is provided. 
     The holding portion  160  is provided with two holding projections  161  which protrude from a part of the inner wall surface of the tubular body  156 , and two holding projections  161  are disposed to face each other nipping the axis of the tubular body  156 . A void is formed between the two holding projections  161 , and here, the intermediate member  170  is disposed. 
     In a case of the holding projection  161 , two holding projections  161  which oppose each other nipping the axis of the tubular body  156  function as one pair. In addition, the holding projections  161  which are practically used may be one pair. However, regarding the disposed holding projections  161 , four holding projections  161  may be provided as two pairs, six holding projections  161  may be provided as three pairs, and more holding projections may be provided. Accordingly, it is possible to improve balance of behavior (a sink or the like) of a material when performing injection molding with respect to the main body  155 , and to form a main body having higher precision. Therefore, the number of holding projections may be determined from the viewpoint of the behavior of the material when performing the molding. 
     Each holding projection  161  of the aspect is opened to the other holding projection  161  which makes a pair, and includes a holding groove  162  which extends in the direction along the axial direction of the tubular body  156 .  FIG. 16  is an enlarged view illustrating a part of the holding projection  161  in  FIG. 15B . As can be ascertained from  FIG. 16 , the holding groove  162  has a predetermined shape along the extending direction, and specifically, an inlet portion  162   a , a communicating portion  162   b , a holding portion  162   c , and a forming portion  162   d  are continuously aligned in the direction along the axis of the tubular body  156 . 
     The inlet portion  162   a  is a part which is disposed on the side on which the intermediate member  170  is inserted in the holding groove  162 , and the groove width (the size in the leftward-and-rightward direction of the paper surface of  FIG. 16 , the size in the inner circumferential direction of the tubular body  156 ) becomes narrow when approaching the side opposite to the side on which the intermediate member  170  is disposed. The end portion on the side on which the intermediate member  170  is inserted in the inlet portion  162   a  is opened, and as will be described later, from here, it is possible to introduce a main body linking projection  171  (refer to  FIG. 14 ) of the intermediate member  170 . In the aspect, the inlet portion  162   a  is provided from the viewpoint of ease of inserting the main body linking projection  171 , but this is not necessary, and the communicating portion  162   b  which will be described later may be disposed in the end portion of the holding groove  162  without providing the inlet portion  162   a.    
     The communicating portion  162   b  is a groove which is continuously provided from the end portion opposite to the side on which the intermediate member  170  is inserted in the inlet portion  162   a , and is a groove which extends by the groove width maintaining the narrowed groove width in the inlet portion  162   a . Accordingly, the communicating portion  162   b  functions as a snap-fit bonding projection portion. 
     The holding portion  162   c  is a groove which is continuously provided from the end portion of the communicating portion  162   b , and is a groove of which the groove width becomes wider than the communicating portion  162   b . As will be described later, here, the main body linking projection  171  of the intermediate member  170  is held. 
     The forming portions  162   d  are two narrow grooves which are continuously provided from the end portion of the holding portion  162   c , and respectively extend along the axial direction of the tubular bodies  156  of both end portions at the widest part of the holding portion  162   c  in the groove width direction. Therefore, the groove is not formed between two forming portions  162   d , and the material remains as a main body linking projection receiving portion  162   e . Here, the size (width illustrated by C 16a  in  FIG. 16 ) between outer sides of the two forming portions  162   d  is formed to be the same size as the widest width part of the holding portion  162   c . Therefore, here, a reverse tapered shape is not formed when viewed from the side of the forming portion  162   d . In other words, in a section from the forming portion  162   d  to a part where the groove width of the holding portion  162   c  is the widest (section illustrated by C 16b  in  FIG. 16 ), there is not a part of which the width becomes narrower. Therefore, a shape which does not have an undercut in injection molding is formed. Accordingly, releasing is easy in the integrated molding, the mold can also have a simple structure, and productivity can be improved. An example of a specific manufacturing process will be described later. 
     According to the holding groove  162 , the communicating portion  162   b  of which the groove width between the inlet portion  162   a  and the holding portion  162   c  is narrow is formed, and this functions as a so-called snap-fit bonding projection portion. Therefore, when the main body linking projection  171  is disposed in the holding portion  162   c , the snap-fit bonding is performed, and the main body linking projection  171  is unlikely to fall out of the holding groove  162 . 
     In addition, since a shape which makes the integrated molding easy is formed as described above, a structure in which the productivity can be improved is also employed. 
     In addition, since the main body linking projection  171  which is formed in a columnar shape in the holding portion  162   c  is held (refer to  FIG. 5 ), it is preferable that at least a part of the surface which faces the holding portion  162   c  has a shape of an arc. Accordingly, smooth swing is prompted. However, the aspect is not limited thereto. 
     A material which configures the main body  155  is not particularly limited, but a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS, or metal can be used. Here, in order to improve the rigidity of the member in a case where the resin is used, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, in order to make the attachment or the movement of the shaft member smooth, sliding properties may be improved by containing at least one type of a fluororesin, polyethylene, and silicon rubber in the resin. In addition, the resin may be coated with fluororesin or lubricant. 
     In a case of making the main body  155  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     Returning to  FIG. 14 , the intermediate member  170  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 14 , the intermediate member  170  is an overall annular member.  FIG. 17  illustrates the intermediate member  170 .  FIG. 17A  is a plan view when the axis of the circle is viewed in the forward-and-rearward direction of a paper surface.  FIG. 17B  is a sectional view from the arrow direction illustrated by C 17b -C 17b  in  FIG. 17A .  FIG. 17C  is a sectional view from the arrow direction illustrated by C 17c -C 17c  in  FIG. 17A . 
     The annular inner diameter is greater than the diameter of the spherical body portion  64  of the shaft member  61  in the intermediate member  170 . Accordingly, the swing of the shaft member  61  is not interrupted by the intermediate member  170 , and is appropriately performed. In addition, the annular outer diameter of the intermediate member  170  has the size by which the intermediate member  170  does not come into contact with the inner side of the tubular body  156  even when the intermediate member  170  swings inside the tubular body  156 . 
     In the outer circumferential portion and the inner circumferential portion which form the annular shape, the intermediate member  170  has one pair of cutout portions  170   a  which are cut out parallel to a part of the outer circumferential portion, and two parallel planes  170   b  are formed. The distance (distance illustrated by C 17d  in  FIG. 17A ) between the two surfaces is formed to be smaller than the distance (distance illustrated by C 15d  in  FIG. 15A ) between two holding projections  161 . 
     In addition, the columnar main body linking projections  171  stands from each of the planes  170   b . Here, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 17A , in two main body linking projections  171 , the axes of the column nip the axis of the intermediate member  170 , and are disposed on one diameter of the circle. Here, the columnar diameter of the main body linking projection  171  is slightly greater than the groove width of the communicating portion  162   b  of the holding groove  162 , and is formed to be substantially the same as the groove width of the holding portion  162   c . However, from the viewpoint of adjusting the ease of the swing, for example, the diameter of the main body linking projection  171  can be set to be smaller than the groove width of the holding portion  162   c  for the smooth swing, and on the contrary, from the viewpoint of slightly regulating the extent of the swing and stiffening the movement, the diameter of the main body linking projection  171  can be slightly greater than the groove width of the holding portion  162   c.    
     In addition, the intermediate member  170  extends in the direction in which the outer side and the inner side are linked to each other along the annular diameter, and two shaft member linking grooves  172  which consider the direction along the axis of the circle as the depth direction are provided. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 17A , in the two shaft member linking grooves  172 , the extending direction is the annular diameter direction of the intermediate member  170 , and the two shaft member linking grooves  172  nip the axis of the intermediate member  170 , and are disposed on one diameter. In addition, the shaft member linking groove  172  and the main body linking projection  171  are disposed at a position deviated by 90° around the axis of the intermediate member  170 . 
     A shape of the shaft member linking groove  172  in the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the shaft member linking groove  172  extends is illustrated in  FIG. 17B . As can be ascertained from the drawing, in the shaft member linking groove  172 , a communicating portion  172   a  is disposed on the opening side (upper side of  FIG. 17B ), and a holding portion  172   b  is formed on the deep side being continuous from the communicating portion  172   a . Since the rotating force transmission projection  65  of the shaft member  61  is held by the holding portion  172   b , the holding portion  172   b  is formed to match the sectional shape of the rotating force transmission projection  65  and have a circular section. Here, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 17B , in the thickness direction of the intermediate member  170 , the center position of the holding portion  172   b  is disposed to match the axis position of the main body linking projection  171 . Accordingly, the shaft member  61  can equivalently swing in all directions. In addition, regardless of the phase of the photoreceptor drum due to the equivalent swing, attachment and detachment of the processing cartridge are smoothly performed. 
     In addition, in the aspect, an example in which the shaft member linking groove  172  is formed of the communicating portion  172   a  and the holding portion  172   b , is described. Not being limited thereto, on a side opposite to the end portion which communicates with the holding portion  172   b  in the communicating portion  172   a , an inlet portion which is formed so that the groove width gradually widens in accordance with the inlet portion  162   a  of the holding groove  162 , may be provided. 
     In addition, the widest part in the groove width (in the leftward-and-rightward direction of the paper surface of  FIG. 17B ) of the holding portion  172   b  is formed to be wider than the groove width of the communicating portion  172   a . This functions as a so-called snap-fit bonding projection. Therefore, when the rotating force transmission projection  65  of the driving shaft  70  is disposed in the holding portion  172   b , the snap-fit bonding is performed, and the rotating force transmission projection  65  is unlikely to fall out of the shaft member linking groove  172 . 
     A material which configures the intermediate member  170  is not particularly limited, but it is possible to use a material similar to that of the main body  155 . 
       FIG. 18  illustrates an aspect of an intermediate member  170 ′ according to a modification example.  FIG. 18A  is a perspective view of the intermediate member  170 ′.  FIG. 18B  is a plan view of the intermediate member  170 ′. In the intermediate member  170 ′, an annular outer side of the intermediate member  170 ′ is blocked by a wall in the direction in which a shaft member linking groove  172 ′ extends, and does not communicate with the outer side. According to this, in the rotating force transmission projection  65  (refer to  FIG. 9B ) of the shaft member  61  which is inserted into the shaft member linking groove  172 ′, the movement of the shaft member linking groove  172 ′ in the extending direction is regulated, and more stabilized swing is possible. 
     The bearing member  151  and the shaft member  61  are combined with each other as follows, and make the driving side end member  150 . By describing the combination, an aspect in which the bearing member  151  and the shaft member  61  are provided, a relationship of the size of the members, and a positional relationship of the members, are further understood.  FIG. 19A  is a sectional view of the end member  150  along a line C 19a -C 19a  illustrated in  FIG. 12 .  FIG. 19B  is a sectional view of the end member  150  along a line C 19b -C 19b  illustrated in  FIG. 12 . In addition,  FIG. 20A  is an example of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined from the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 19A .  FIG. 20B  is an example of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined from the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 19B . 
     As can be particularly well ascertained from  FIGS. 19A and 19B , the spherical body portion  64  is disposed on the annular inner side of the intermediate member  170 , and the rotating force transmission pin  65  is inserted into the shaft member linking groove  172  of the intermediate member  170 . Accordingly, the intermediate member  170  and the shaft member  61  are combined with each other. When combining is performed, each of the protruded end portions (that is, the rotating force transmission projection  65 ) of the rotating force transmission pin  65  passes through the communicating portion  172   a  to be pushed from an opening portion of the shaft member linking groove  172 , is disposed in the holding portion  172   b , and is combined by the snap-fit bonding. Accordingly, the shaft member  61  can swing with respect to the intermediate member  170  around the axis of the rotating force transmission pin  65  as illustrated by an arrow C 20a  in  FIG. 20A . 
     Meanwhile, as can be particularly well from  FIGS. 19A and 19B , the intermediate member  170  which is combined with the shaft member  61  is disposed between two holding projections  161  disposed on the inner side of the tubular body  156 . At this time, the main body linking projection  171  of the intermediate member  170  is inserted into the holding groove  162  formed in the holding projection  161  of the tubular body  156 . Accordingly, the intermediate member  170  and the main body  155  are combined with each other, and as a result, the main body  155 , the intermediate member  170 , and the shaft member  61  are coaxially combined with each other. When combining is performed, each of the main body linking projections  171  of the intermediate member  170  passes through the communicating portion  162   b  to be pushed from the inlet portion  162   a  of the holding groove  162  provided in the holding projection  161  of the tubular body  156 , is disposed in the holding portion  162   c , and is combined by the snap-fit bonding. In addition, as illustrated by an arrow C 20b  in  FIG. 20B , the shaft member  61  can swing in every intermediate member  170  around the axis of the main body linking projection  171  of the intermediate member  170 . 
     In this manner, in the end member  150 , the intermediate member  170  is held in the main body  155  not to fall out by the snap-fit bonding, and the shaft member  61  is held in the intermediate member  170  not to fall out by the snap-fit bonding. Therefore, the shaft member  61  is not directly held in the main body  155 . 
     In addition, the assembly of the end member  150  can be performed, first, by disposing the shaft member  61  in the intermediate member  170 , and by attaching the shaft member  61  to the main body  155 . In addition, in any case, the linking is performed by the snap-fit bonding. Therefore, it is possible to easily assemble the shaft member  61  to the bearing member  151  with high productivity. In addition, since not only the assembly but also the disengagement is similarly easy, reusing is also easily performed. In particular, when the shaft member  61  is inserted and separated, since it is not necessary to deform the shaft member  61  with a large force, a concern about damage or the like is relieved. In addition, since the separation is easy, it is possible to improve workability. 
     Furthermore, according to the intermediate member  170 , a rotating force transmission projection (rotating force transmission pin) is provided, and the rotating force transmission projection can be combined with the bearing member  151  even when a spherical body is provided in the base end portion. Therefore, it is possible to use the type of the shaft member which is often used in reusing. 
     In this manner, as the shaft member  61  is disposed on the inner side of the bearing member  151 , the shaft member  61  can swing as illustrated in  FIGS. 20A and 20B . In other words, in the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 20A , as illustrated by an arrow C 20a , the shaft member  61  can swing around the axis of the rotating force transmission pin  65 . Meanwhile, in the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 20B , as illustrated by an arrow C 20b , the shaft member  61  can swing following the swing around the main body linking projection  171  of the intermediate member  170  itself. The swing illustrated in  FIG. 20A  and the swing illustrated in  FIG. 20B  are swings in the direction orthogonal to each other. 
     At this time, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 17B , in the thickness direction of the intermediate member  170 , since the center position of the holding portion  172   b  is disposed to match the axis position of the main body linking projection  171 , two swing shafts are on the same plane, and swing which is equivalent in all directions can be performed. In addition, regardless of the phase of the photoreceptor drum, the attachment and detachment of the processing cartridge are smoothly performed by the equivalent swing. 
     In addition, when receiving the driving force from the apparatus main body  2 , as illustrated by an arrow C 19  in  FIGS. 19A and 19B , the shaft member  61  receives the rotating force around the axis. At this time, both end portions of the rotating force transmission pin  65  of the shaft member  61  presses the intermediate member  170 , the main body linking projection  171  of the intermediate member  170  is hooked to a side wall of the holding groove  162  of the main body  155 , and the rotating force is transmitted to the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     In this manner, according to the end member  150 , since the swing of the shaft member  61  at least in one direction is swing between the intermediate member  170  and the main body  155 , the operation is smoothly performed. At this time, since the swing is not related to the aspect of the shaft member, even when slight dimensional irregularity occurs on the shaft member, smooth swing can be sufficiently ensured. In addition, since there is not a concern that the shaft member  61  falls out even when an angle of swing is large, the angle of swing can be large. Accordingly, since a gap between the photoreceptor drum (processing cartridge) and the rotating force transmission shaft on the apparatus main body can be small, it is possible to reduce the size of the apparatus main body. 
     In addition, according to the end member  150 , it is not necessary to provide a groove (inlet groove) for introducing the rotating force transmission pin into the swing groove, it is possible to solve a problem in which a shaft member unexpectedly falls out during the operation. 
     The shaft member  61  rotates (swings), transmits the rotating force, and is held in the bearing member  151 , by the above-described structure. 
     After the end member  150  is assembled as illustrated in  FIGS. 19A and 19B , the attachment of the end member  150  to the photoreceptor drum  11  is performed as the end portion on the side on which the shaft member  61  does not protrude in the end member  150  is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 . By the end member  150 , the rotating force is appropriately given to the photoreceptor drum  11  when mounting the processing cartridge  3  onto the apparatus main body  2 , and it is possible to easily attach and detach the processing cartridge  3 . 
     Next, a third aspect will be described.  FIG. 21  is a perspective view of a driving side end member  250 . In the aspect, instead of the driving side end member  50  with respect to the above-described first aspect, the driving side end member  250  is used. Here, the driving side end member  250  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 21 , the driving side end member  250  is provided with a bearing member  251  and the shaft member  61 . Here, since the shaft member  61  can be considered the same as that in the first aspect, the same reference numeral will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The bearing member  251  is a member which is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 .  FIG. 22  is an exploded perspective view of the bearing member  251 . As can be ascertained from  FIG. 22 , the bearing member  251  is provided with a main body  255  and an intermediate member  270 . Each of the members will be described. 
       FIG. 23A  is a view (plan view) when the main body  255  is viewed from a side on which the intermediate member  270  is inserted.  FIG. 23B  is a perspective view when the main body  255  is viewed from an angle different from  FIG. 22 . In addition,  FIG. 24  is a sectional view of the axial direction along a line illustrated by C 24 -C 24  in  FIGS. 22, 23A, and 23B . In addition, in the main body  255  of the aspect, the sections of the axial direction along a line (line illustrated by C′ 24 -C′ 24  in  FIG. 23A ) which is made by rotating a line illustrated by C 24 -C 24  by 90° around the axis of the main body  255 , is also similar to  FIG. 24 . 
     In the aspect, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 21 to 24 , the main body  255  is provided with a cylindrical tubular body  256 . In addition, on an outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  256 , the ring-shaped contact wall  53  which stands along the outer circumferential surface, and a gear portion  55 , are formed. The outer diameter of the tubular body  256  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the photoreceptor drum  11 , and the main body  255  is fixed to the photoreceptor drum  11  by inserting one end side of the tubular body  256  into the photoreceptor drum  11  and making one end side fitted to the photoreceptor drum  11 . At this time, the end surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  is deeply inserted to bump into the contact wall  53 . At this time, in order to more firmly fix the main body  255 , the adhesive may be used. In addition, a groove  256   a  or unevenness may be provided in the tubular body  256  at a part in which the adhesive is disposed. Accordingly, the adhesive is held by the groove  256   a  or a recessed portion, and the photoreceptor drum  11  and the main body  255  are more firmly adhered to each other. 
     The gear portion  55  is a gear which transmits the rotating force to a developing roller unit, and is a helical gear in the aspect. The type of the gear is not particularly limited, and may be a spur gear or the like. However, it is not necessary to provide the gear. 
     On the tubular inner side of the tubular body  256 , a plate-like bottom portion  259  is provided to block at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  256 . Furthermore, a holding portion  260  is provided on the inner side opposite to the side which is fixed to the photoreceptor drum  11 , on the inner side of the tubular body  256  partitioned by the bottom portion  259 . 
     Here, an example in which the bottom portion  259  is provided is described, but it is not necessary to provide the bottom portion  259 . Since the shaft member  61  and the intermediate member  270  can be held by the holding portion  260 , it is possible to hold the shaft member  61  and the intermediate member  270  on the inner side of the tubular body  256  without providing the bottom portion  259 . 
     The holding portion  260  forms guide grooves  261 ,  262 ,  263 , and  264  as intermediate member guides on the inner side of the tubular body  256 . Therefore, in the holding portion  260 , a plurality of protrusion portions  260   a  are disposed along an inner circumferential surface of the tubular body  256  at a predetermined interval to protrude toward the axis of the tubular body  256  from an inner surface of the tubular body  256 , and a void of the adjacent protrusion portions  260   a  forms the guide grooves  261 ,  262 ,  263 , and  264 . In addition, a space (recessed portion) is formed at the axis part surrounded by the protrusion portion  260   a , and here, as will be described later, the base end portion (spherical body portion  64 ) of the shaft member  61  is disposed. 
     Here, two guide grooves which oppose each other nipping the axis of the tubular body  256  function as one pair. In addition, the guide grooves which are practically used may be one pair, as will be described later. However, similar to the aspect, four guide grooves  261 ,  262 ,  263 , and  264 , that is, two pairs may be provided, and further, six (three pairs) or more guide grooves may be provided. Accordingly, it is possible to improve balance of behavior (a sink or the like) of a material when performing injection molding with respect to the main body  255 , and to make a main body having higher precision. Therefore, the number of guide grooves may be determined from the viewpoint of the behavior of the material. 
     Here, one pair of guide grooves of which a section is illustrated in  FIG. 24 , and which is configured of the guide groove  261  and the guide groove  262 , will be described. The other pair of guide grooves configured of the guide groove  263  and the guide groove  264  are also similar, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     As described above, the guide groove  261  is a groove which extends along the direction of the axis (illustrated by a line O in  FIG. 24 ) of the tubular body  256  formed on the inner circumferential surface of the tubular body  256 . In addition, in the guide groove  261 , the axis O side of the tubular body  256  is opened, and the guide groove  261  has a bottom surface on the inner circumferential surface side of the tubular body  256 . Meanwhile, the guide groove  262  is a groove provided to oppose the opposite side nipping the axis O of the tubular body  256  with respect to the guide groove  261 , and similar to the guide groove  261 , the guide groove  262  is formed on the inner circumferential surface of the tubular body  256 , and extends along the direction of the axis O of the tubular body  256 . In addition, in the guide groove  262 , the axis O side of the tubular body  256  is also opened, and the guide groove  262  also has a bottom surface on the inner circumferential surface side of the tubular body  256 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 24 , at least at a part of the bottom surfaces of the guide grooves  261  and  262 , curved surfaces  261   a  and  262   a  which are curved with respect to the direction along the axis O of the tubular body  256  are formed. It is preferable that the curved surfaces  261   a  and  262   a  are configured as follows in the section illustrated in  FIG. 24 . 
     It is preferable that the curved surfaces  261   a  and  262   a  are provided to oppose each other to be line-symmetrical nipping the axis O of the tubular body  256 , an interval between the curved surface  261   a  and the curved surface  262   a  becomes narrow as being separated from the bottom portion  259  side (side which is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 ), and the curved surfaces approach each other. Accordingly, as will be described later, the intermediate member  270  can be held not to fall out of the main body  255 . 
     It is preferable that the curved surfaces  261   a  and  262   a  have a shape of an arc, and are included in the same circle, and the center of the circle is on the axis O. Accordingly, it is possible to hold the intermediate member  270  in the main body  255  without rattling in the direction along the axis O, and to swing (inclination) the shaft member  61  by smoothly guiding the rotation of the intermediate member  270 . 
     In addition, in a case where the bottom portion  259  is provided, on the circumference of the circle including the curved surfaces  261   a  and  262   a , an intersection point (a point illustrated by B in  FIG. 24 ) on the surface on the curved surfaces  261   a  and  262   a  sides, is disposed to be present on the axis O of the tubular body  256  and the bottom portion  259 . 
     Returning to  FIG. 22 , the intermediate member  270  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 22 , the intermediate member  270  is an annular member of which a part is cut out.  FIG. 25  illustrates the intermediate member  270 .  FIG. 25A  is a perspective view,  FIG. 25B  is a front view, and  FIG. 25C  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 25c -C 25c  in  FIG. 25B . 
     The intermediate member  270  has an annular shape in which a cutout  270   a  is provided at a part thereof. 
     The intermediate member  270  is inserted into any of one pair of guide grooves and functions as a guided member, in the guide grooves  261 ,  262 ,  263 , and  264  of which a part of the outer circumference is provided in the holding portion  260  of the main body  255 . Therefore, the outer diameter of the intermediate member  270  is the size by which the intermediate member  270  can slide being stored in one pair of guide grooves in which the outer circumferential portion of the intermediate member  270  is disposed. In a case where at least a part of the bottom surfaces of the guide grooves  261 ,  262 ,  263 , and  264  has a shape of an arc as described above, and the arc is included in the same circle in one pair of guide grooves which oppose each other, it is preferable that the diameter of the circle is the same as the outer diameter of the intermediate member  270 . Accordingly, the intermediate member  270  can smoothly rotate between the guide grooves, and can also suppress rattling. 
     Meanwhile, since the base end portion of the shaft member  61  which will be described later is disposed on the ring-shaped inner side of the intermediate member  270 , the size and an aspect by which at least a part is accommodated on the inner side of the intermediate member  270 , may be employed. In the aspect, since the base end portion of the shaft member  61  is made as a spherical body portion  64 , the inner diameter of the intermediate member  270  can be the same as the diameter of the spherical body portion  64 . In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 25C , in the aspect, the inner circumferential surface of the intermediate member  270  is also curved in a shape of an arc in the direction (vertical direction on the paper surface of  FIG. 25C ) along the axis of the circle. The curve can match the curve on the outer circumference of the spherical body portion  64 . Accordingly, the intermediate member  270  and the spherical body portion  64  can be more appropriately combined. 
     In addition, the size (that is, the thickness) in the direction along the axis of the circle of the intermediate member  270  is substantially the same as the groove width of the guide grooves  261  and  262  formed in the holding portion  260  of the main body  255 . 
     The cutout  270   a  of the intermediate member  270  has the size and the shape by which at least a part of the rotating shaft  63  of the shaft member  61  which will be described later can be disposed on the inner side thereof. Therefore, an end surface  270   b  of the intermediate member  270  which forms the cutout  270   a  can match the shape of the rotating shaft  63 . 
     In the intermediate member  270 , two grooves  271  and  272  which extend to the outside from the annular inner circumferential surface, are provided. The two grooves  271  and  272  are provided at an opposing position along the diameter of the intermediate member  270 . Each of both ends of the rotating force transmission pin  65  of the shaft member  61  which will be described later is inserted into the grooves  271  and  272 . Therefore, the shape and the disposition of the grooves  271  and  272  are configured so that both end portions of the rotating force transmission pin  65  are respectively inserted into the grooves  271  and  272 . 
     In addition, in the grooves  271  and  272 , it is preferable that pieces  271   a  and  272   a  remain in one side of the axial direction of the circle of the intermediate member  270 , and the grooves  271  and  272  do not pass through in the direction along the axis. Accordingly, when the shaft member  61  is combined with the intermediate member  270 , and the rotating force is given to the shaft member  61  from the apparatus main body  2 , the rotating force transmission pin  65  is hooked to the pieces  271   a  and  272   a , and the rotating force can be appropriately transmitted to the intermediate member  270 . Therefore, in consideration of rotation of the rotating force transmission pin  65 , as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 25A to 25C , the piece  271   a  of the groove  271  and the piece  272   a  of the groove  272  are provided on different sides in the axial direction of the intermediate member  270 . 
     In addition, if the tip end of the rotating force transmission pin  65  extends until reaching the inside of the guide grooves  261  and  262  of the holding portion  260  of the main body  255 , since the tip end of the rotating force transmission pin  65  is hooked to the side walls of the guide grooves  261  and  262  during the rotation, the rotating force can be transmitted, and thus, it is not necessary to provide the pieces  271   a  and  272   a.    
     In addition, opening portions which oppose the pieces  271   a  and  272   a  in the grooves  271  and  272  may be slightly nipped compared to the grooves. Specifically, the opening portion can be an opening which is slightly smaller than the diameter of the rotating force transmission pin  65 . Accordingly, the rotating force transmission pin  65  which is inserted into the grooves  271  and  272  is unlikely to be fall out of the grooves  271  and  272  by the narrowed opening portion. 
     A material which configures the intermediate member  270  is not particularly limited, but a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS, can be used. Here, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, in order to make the swing of the intermediate member  270  smooth when being attached to the main body  255 , sliding properties may be improved by containing at least one type of a fluororesin, polyethylene, and silicon rubber in the resin. In addition, the resin may be coated with fluororesin or lubricant. 
     The bearing member  251  and the shaft member  61  are combined with each other as follows, and become the end member  250 . By describing the combination, an aspect in which the bearing member  251  and the shaft member  61  are provided, the size, and a positional relationship of the members, are further understood.  FIG. 26A  is a sectional view of the end member  250  along a line C 26a -C 26a  illustrated in  FIG. 21 .  FIG. 26B  is a sectional view of the end member  250  along a line C 26b -C 26b  illustrated in  FIG. 21 . In addition,  FIG. 27A  is an example of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined from the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 26A .  FIG. 27B  is an example of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined from the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 26B . 
     As can be particularly well ascertained from  FIG. 26B , the spherical body portion  64  is disposed on the annular inner side of the intermediate member  270 , and the rotating force transmission pin  65  is inserted into the grooves  271  and  272  of the intermediate member  270 . Accordingly, the intermediate member  270  and the shaft member  61  are combined with each other. Accordingly, the shaft member  61  can swing with respect to the intermediate member  270  around the axis of the rotating force transmission pin  65  as illustrated by an arrow C 27a  in  FIG. 27A . 
     Meanwhile, as can be particularly well from  FIGS. 26A and 26B , in the intermediate member  270  in which the shaft member  61  is disposed, the outer circumferential portion of the intermediate member  270  is fitted into the guide grooves  261  and  262  so that the thickness direction of the intermediate member  270  becomes the groove width direction of the guide grooves  261  and  262  formed in the holding portion  260  of the main body  255 . Therefore, the outer circumferential portion of the intermediate member  270  is disposed in the guide grooves  261  and  262 , the intermediate member  270  can move to slide in the guide grooves  261  and  262 , and as a result, the intermediate member  270  can rotate on the inner side of the main body  255  as illustrated by an arrow C 27b  in  FIG. 27B . 
     In addition, as described in the aspect, when the curved surfaces  261   a  and  262   a  are formed on the bottom surfaces of the guide grooves  261  and  262  are on one circle, and the outer circumference of the intermediate member  270  also has substantially the same diameter as that of the circle, as illustrated in  FIG. 26B , the intermediate member  270  is accommodated in the main body  255  without rattling, and the end member  250  which has more excellent rotation transmission precision is achieved. 
     In this manner, in the end member  250  of the aspect, the intermediate member  270  is held not to fall out of the guide grooves  261 ,  262 ,  263 , and  264  formed in the main body  255 , and the shaft member  61  is held not to fall out of the intermediate member  270 . Therefore, the shaft member  61  is not directly held in the main body  255 . 
     In addition, the assembly of the end member  250  can be performed, first, by disposing the shaft member  61  in the intermediate member  270 , and by attaching the shaft member  61  to the main body  255 . In this case, when the intermediate member  270  is disposed in the guide grooves  261  and  262  of the holding portion  260 , the assembly is possible by elastically deforming the intermediate member  270  by adding a slight force. Therefore, it is possible to simply assemble the shaft member  61  to the bearing member  251  with high productivity. In addition, since not only the assembly is easy but also the disengagement is also similarly easy, the reusing is also easily performed. In particular, at this time, when the shaft member  61  is inserted and separated, since it is not necessary to deform the shaft member  61 , a concern about damage or the like is relieved. In addition, since the separation is easy, it is possible to improve workability. 
     In this manner, as the shaft member  61  is disposed on the inner side of the bearing member  251 , the shaft member  61  can swing as illustrated in  FIGS. 27A and 27B . In other words, in the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 27A , the shaft member  61  can swing around the axis of the rotating force transmission pin  65  as illustrated by an arrow C 27a . Meanwhile, in the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 27B , the shaft member  61  can swing in accordance with the rotation of the intermediate member  270  as illustrated by an arrow C 27b . The swing illustrated in  FIG. 27A  and the swing illustrated in  FIG. 27B  are swings in the direction orthogonal to each other. 
     In addition, when the driving force from the apparatus main body  2  is received, the shaft member  61  receives the rotating force around the axis as illustrated by an arrow C 26  in  FIGS. 26A and 26B . At this time, both end portions of a rotating force transmission pin  95  of the shaft member  61  press the intermediate member  270 , the intermediate member  270  is hooked to the side wall of the guide grooves  261  and  262  of the main body  255 , and the rotating force can be transmitted to the photoreceptor drum  11 . In addition, when the tip end of the rotating force transmission pin  65  is configured to reach the inside of the guide grooves  261  and  262 , even in a case where the pieces  271   a  and  272   a  (refer to  FIG. 25C ) are not provided, the tip end of the rotating force transmission pin  65  is hooked to the side walls of the guide grooves  261  and  262  of the main body  255 , and the rotating force can be transmitted to the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     In this manner, according to the end member  250 , in the swing of the shaft member  61  at least in one direction, since the intermediate member  270  and the main body  255  can slide and swing, the operation thereof is smoothly performed. At this time, since the swing is not related to the aspect of the shaft member, even when slight dimensional irregularity occurs on the shaft member, smooth swing can be sufficiently ensured. In addition, since there is not a concern that the shaft member  61  fall out even when an angle of swing is large, the angle of swing can be large. Accordingly, since a gap between the photoreceptor drum (processing cartridge) and the driving shaft of the apparatus main body can be small, it is possible to reduce the size of the apparatus main body. 
     In addition, according to the end member  250 , it is not necessary to provide a groove (inlet groove) for introducing the rotating force transmission pin described in the above-described Patent Document 1 to the swing groove, it is possible to solve a problem in which a shaft member unexpectedly falls out during the operation. 
     The shaft member  61  rotates (swings), transmits the rotating force, and is held in the bearing member  251 , by the above-described structure. 
     After the end member  250  is assembled as illustrated in  FIGS. 26A and 26B , the attachment of the end member  250  to the photoreceptor drum  11  is performed as the end portion on the side on which the shaft member  61  does not protrude in the end member  250  is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 . By the end member  250 , the rotating force is appropriately given to the photoreceptor drum  11  when mounting the processing cartridge  3  onto the apparatus main body  2 , and it is possible to easily attach and detach the processing cartridge  3 . 
     Next, a fourth aspect will be described. In the fourth aspect, since many parts are common to those in the third aspect, here, the description will focus on a part different from that in the third aspect, and the part common to those in the third aspect will be given the same reference numerals. 
       FIG. 28  is a view illustrating the fourth aspect, and is a perspective view of an end member  350 . The end member  350  is provided with a bearing member  351  and the shaft member  61 . The shaft member  61  is the same as that described above. 
     The bearing member  351  is a member which is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 .  FIG. 29  is an exploded perspective view of the bearing member  351 . As can be ascertained from  FIG. 15 , the bearing member  351  is provided with a main body  355  and an intermediate member  370 . Hereinafter, each of the members will be described. 
       FIG. 30A  is a view (plan view) when the main body  355  is viewed from a side on which the intermediate member  370  is inserted.  FIG. 30B  is a perspective view when the main body  355  is viewed from an angle different from  FIG. 29 . In addition,  FIG. 31  is a sectional view along the axis including a line illustrated by C 31 -C 31  in  FIGS. 29, 30A, and 30B . Furthermore,  FIG. 32A  is a sectional view along the axis including a line illustrated by C 32a -C 32a  in  FIGS. 32, 30A, 30B, and 31 . In addition,  FIG. 32B  is a sectional view along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 32b -C 32b  in  FIGS. 30A and 31 . 
     In the aspect, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 28 to 32 , the main body  355  is different from the above-described main body  255  in the aspect of a bottom portion  359  and the holding portion. Other than this, since the tubular body  256 , a contact wall, and the gear portion  55 , are the same as the description of the main body  255 , here, the description thereof will be omitted here. 
     On the tubular inner side of the tubular body  256 , the bottom portion  359  which extends in a shape of a rod in the diameter direction of the tubular body  256  is provided to block at least a part of the inside of the tubular body  256 . Furthermore, a holding portion  360  is provided on the inner side opposite to the side which is fixed to the photoreceptor drum  11  nipping the bottom portion  359  on the inner side of the tubular body  256 . 
     The holding portion  360  forms guide surfaces  361  and  362  which serve as intermediate member guides on the inner side of the tubular body  256 . Therefore, in the holding portion  360 , two protrusion portions  360   a  are disposed to face each other to protrude toward the axis of the tubular body  256  from the inner surface of the tubular body  256 , and a groove  360   b  is formed between the two protrusion portions  360   a.    
     An aspect of the holding portion  360  will be described in more detail. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 30A and 30B , two protrusion portions  360   a  are disposed to face each other, and the groove  360   b  is made as a void is formed therebetween. In addition, in the protrusion portion  360   a , a recessed portion  360   c  is formed to be hollowed out to a part of a sphere which has the center on the axis of the tubular body  256  in the protrusion portion  360   a . A spherical surface of the recessed portion  360   c  has a shape which can receive the spherical body portion  64  of the shaft member  61 . However, the recessed portion  360   c  is not necessarily a spherical surface. 
     Furthermore, on the bottom of the recessed portion  360   c , a guide member insertion groove  360   d  which extends in the diameter direction orthogonal to the diameter direction of the extending tubular body  256  in which the groove  360   b  extends, is formed. A guide member insertion groove  360   d  is an aspect in which insertion of the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  which will be described later is possible. 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 31 and 32B , a surface is also formed on a side (that is, a side opposing the bottom portion  359  of the holding portion  360 ) opposite to the recessed portion  360   c  of the protrusion portion  360   a , and the surface has a shape of an arc as can be ascertained from  FIG. 18B . This surface becomes the guide surfaces  361  and  362 . The guide surfaces  361  and  362  have a curved surface which is formed to be curved along the direction in which the groove  360   b  extends. The shaft member  61  swings as the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  slides on the guide surfaces  361  and  362 . The swing will be described later. 
     Therefore, the guide member insertion groove  360   d  which is formed on the bottom portion of the recessed portion  360   c , is a groove which communicates with the recessed portion  360   c  and a rear surface (a surface on which the guide surfaces  361  and  362  are present) of the holding portion  360 , and makes the guide member  375  reach the guide surfaces  361  and  362 . 
     It is preferable that the holding portion  360  which has such a shape is formed as follows. 
     The groove width of the groove  360   b  is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the groove width is substantially the same as the thickness of the intermediate member  370 . Accordingly, rattling of the shaft member  61  can be suppressed. 
     An inner surface shape of the recessed portion  360   c  is not particularly limited if the shape can receive the base end portion of the shaft member  61 , but when the base end portion of the shaft member  61  is the spherical body portion  64 , it is preferable that the curved surface having the same radius as that of the spherical body portion  64  is provided. Accordingly, it is also possible to prevent rattling of the shaft member  61 . 
     It is preferable that the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  can be inserted into the guide member insertion groove  360   d , and the guide member insertion groove  360   d  has the snap-fit (interference-fit of an inlet portion) structure with respect to the guide member  375 . Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the intermediate member  370  from falling out of the main body  355 . As the snap-fit structure, snap-fit structures  360   e  and  360   f  which are pieces that protrude from the side wall of the guide member insertion groove  360   d , can be employed as an example. 
     Since the guide surfaces  361  and  362  are surfaces which guide the intermediate member  370  so that the shaft member  61  appropriately swings, and surfaces which determine the swing of the shaft member  61 , it is preferable that the guide surfaces  361  and  362  have a shape of an arc in the section illustrated in  FIG. 32B  from the viewpoint that stabilized swing is obtained. In other words, it is preferable that the guide surfaces  361  and  362  have a shape of an arc around the center of the swing of the shaft member. Accordingly, smooth swing is possible. In addition, in the aspect, the arc of the recessed portion  360   c  is also an arc concentrically to the guide surfaces  361  and  362 . 
     A material which configures the main body  355  is similar to that of the above-described main body  255 . 
     Returning to  FIG. 29 , the intermediate member  370  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 29 , the intermediate member  370  is an annular member of which a part is cut out.  FIG. 33  illustrates the intermediate member  370 .  FIG. 33A  is a perspective view,  FIG. 33B  is a front view, and  FIG. 33C  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 33c -C 33c  in  FIG. 33B . 
     The intermediate member  370  has an annular shape in which a cutout  370   a  is provided. 
     An outer circumferential portion of the intermediate member  370  is disposed in the groove  360   b  provided in the holding portion  360  of the main body  355 . Therefore, the outer diameter of the intermediate member  370  is the size by which insertion into the groove  360   b  is possible. 
     Meanwhile, since the base end portion of the shaft member  61  is disposed on the ring-shaped inner side of the intermediate member  370 , the size and an aspect by which the base end portion is accommodated on the inner side of the intermediate member  370 , may be employed. In the aspect, since the base end portion of the shaft member  61  is made as the spherical body portion  64 , the inner diameter of the intermediate member  370  can be the same as the diameter of the spherical body portion  64 . In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 33C , in the aspect, the inner circumferential surface of the intermediate member  370  is also curved in a shape of an arc in the direction (vertical direction on the paper surface of  FIG. 33C ) along the axis of the circle. The curve can match the curve by the diameter of the spherical body portion  64 . Accordingly, the intermediate member  370  and the spherical body portion  64  can be more appropriately combined. 
     In addition, the size (that is, the thickness) in the axial direction of the circle of the intermediate member  370  is substantially the same as the groove width of the groove  360   b  formed in the holding portion  360  of the main body  355 . Accordingly, it is possible to prevent rattling. 
     The cutout  370   a  of the intermediate member  370  has the size and the shape by which at least the rotating shaft  63  of the shaft member  61  can be disposed on the inner side thereof. 
     In the intermediate member  370 , two grooves  371  and  372  which extend to the outside from the annular inner circumferential surface, are provided. The two grooves  371  and  372  are provided opposing each other along the diameter of the intermediate member  370 . Each of both ends of the rotating force transmission pin  65  of the shaft member  61  is inserted into the grooves  371  and  372 . Therefore, the shape and the disposition of the grooves  371  and  372  are configured so that both end portions of the rotating force transmission pin  65  are respectively inserted into the grooves  371  and  372 . 
     In addition, in the grooves  371  and  372 , it is preferable that pieces  371   a  and  372   a  remain in one direction along the axis of the circle of the intermediate member  370 , and the grooves  371  and  372  do not pass through in the direction along the axis. Accordingly, when the shaft member  61  is combined with the intermediate member  370 , and the rotating force is given to the shaft member  61  from the apparatus main body  2 , the rotating force transmission pin  65  is hooked to the pieces  371   a  and  372   a , and the rotating force can be appropriately transmitted to the intermediate member  370 . Therefore, in consideration of rotation of the rotating force transmission pin  65 , as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 33A to 33C , the piece  371   a  of the groove  371  and the piece  372   a  of the groove  372  are provided on different sides in the axial direction of the intermediate member  370 . 
     In addition, if the tip end of the rotating force transmission pin  65  extends until reaching the inside of the groove  360   b  of the holding portion  360  of the main body  355 , since the tip end of the rotating force transmission pin  65  is hooked to the side wall of the groove  360   b  during the rotation, the rotating force can be transmitted, and thus, at this time, it is not necessary to provide the pieces  371   a  and  372   a.    
     In addition, opening portions which oppose the pieces  371   a  and  372   a  in the grooves  371  and  372  may be slightly narrowed compared to the grooves. Specifically, the opening portion can be an opening which is slightly smaller than the diameter of the rotating force transmission pin  65 . Accordingly, the rotating force transmission pin  65  which is inserted into the grooves  371  and  372  is unlikely to be fall out of the grooves  371  and  372  by the narrowed opening portion. 
     Furthermore, in the intermediate member  370 , the guide member  375  which functions as a guided member from each of the annular front and rear surfaces along the axial direction of the circle, is provided to protrude. In the aspect, the guide member  375  is a columnar pin. A position at which the guide member  375  is disposed is not particularly limited, and as will be described later, when the intermediate member  370  is disposed in the main body  355 , the guide member  375  may be disposed at a position of being capable of sliding on the guide surfaces  361  and  362 . In addition, the shape of the guide member  375  is also not limited to the columnar shape of the aspect, and may be a shape have rectangular, triangular, or other shapes of the section. 
     A material which configures the intermediate member  370  is not particularly limited, but a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS, can be used. Here, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, in order to make the swing of the intermediate member  370  smooth when being attached to the main body  355 , sliding properties may be improved by containing at least one type of a fluororesin, polyethylene, and silicon rubber in the resin. In addition, the resin may be coated with fluororesin or lubricant. 
     The bearing member  351  and the shaft member  61  are combined with each other as follows, and become the end member  350 . By describing the combination, an aspect in which the bearing member  351  and the shaft member  61  are provided, an aspect of the relationship between the members, and the size of the members, are further understood. 
       FIG. 34  is a sectional view of the end member  350  along a line C 34 -C 34  illustrated in  FIG. 28 .  FIG. 35A  is a sectional view of the end member  350  along a line C 35a -C 35a  illustrated in  FIG. 28 .  FIG. 35B  is a view focusing on the positional relationship of the main body  355  and the guide member  375  provided in the intermediate member  370 , on the section of the end member  350  along a line C 35b -C 35b  illustrated in  FIG. 34 . Therefore, the shaft member  61  is omitted in  FIG. 35B . 
     In addition,  FIG. 36  is an example of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined from the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 34 .  FIG. 37A  is an example of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined from the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 36A .  FIG. 37B  is an example of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is inclined in the posture illustrated in  FIG. 36B . 
     As can be particularly well ascertained from  FIG. 35A , the spherical body portion  64  is disposed on the annular inner side of the intermediate member  370 , and the rotating force transmission pin  65  is inserted into the grooves  371  and  372  of the intermediate member  370 . Accordingly, the intermediate member  370  and the shaft member  61  are combined with each other. Accordingly, the shaft member  61  can swing with respect to the intermediate member  370  around the axis of the rotating force transmission pin  65  as illustrated by an arrow C 36  in  FIG. 36 . 
     Meanwhile, as can be particularly well from  FIGS. 34 and 35B , the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  passes through the guide member insertion groove  360   d , reaches the bottom portion  359  side, and is disposed at a position of being capable of sliding on the guide surfaces  361  and  362 . In addition, as will be described later, as the guide member  375  slides on the guide surfaces  361  and  362 , the intermediate member  370  is guided, and as a result, the intermediate member  370  can rotate on the inner side of the main body  355  as illustrated by an arrow C 37a  in  FIG. 37A . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 34, 35A, and 35B , the intermediate member  370  is disposed in the groove  360   b  so that the thickness direction of the intermediate member  370  becomes the groove width direction of the groove  360   b  formed in the holding portion  360 . Therefore, a part of the intermediate member  370  is disposed in the groove  360   b , and the intermediate member  370  can move to slide in the groove  360   b.    
     In this manner, in the end member  350  of the aspect, the intermediate member  370  is held not to fall out of the guide surfaces  361  and  362  formed in the main body  355 , and the shaft member  61  is held not to fall out of the intermediate member  370 . More specifically, the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  is engaged with the guide surfaces  361  and  362  of the main body  355 , and the movement of the shaft member  61  in the direction of falling out of the main body  355  is regulated. 
     In this manner, the shaft member  61  is not directly held in the main body  355 . However, the spherical body portion  64  of the shaft member  61  regulates the movement in the direction other than the direction in which the shaft member  61  falls out of the main body  355 , by the recessed portion  360   c  formed in the holding portion  360  of the main body  355 . 
     In addition, it is possible to adjust clearance (so-called “looseness”) between the shaft member  61  and the main body  355 , by the relative positional relationship of the guide surfaces  361  and  362  and the guide member  375 , and the dimensional relationship between the spherical body portion  64  and the recessed portion  360   c.    
     The assembly of the end member  350  can be performed, first, by disposing the shaft member  61  in the intermediate member  370  and by attaching the shaft member  61  to the main body  355 . In this case, when the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  passes through the guide member insertion groove  360   d , the assembly is possible by elastically deforming the intermediate member  370  by adding a slight force. Therefore, it is possible to simply assemble the shaft member  61  to the bearing member  351  with high productivity. In addition, since not only the assembly but also the disengagement is similarly easy, the reusing is also easily performed. In particular, at this time, when the shaft member  61  is inserted and separated, since it is not necessary to deform the shaft member  61 , a concern about damage or the like is relieved. In addition, since the separation is easy, it is possible to improve workability. 
     In this manner, as the shaft member  61  is disposed on the inner side of the bearing member  351 , the shaft member  61  can swing as illustrated in  FIGS. 36, 37A , and  37 B. In other words, in the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 36 , the shaft member  61  can swing around the axis of the rotating force transmission pin  65  as illustrated by an arrow C 36 . Meanwhile, in the viewpoint illustrated in  FIG. 37A , the shaft member  61  can swing in accordance with the rotation of the intermediate member  370  as illustrated by an arrow C 37a . At this time, the guide member  375  slides on the guide surfaces  361  and  362  as illustrated in  FIG. 37B , the rotation of the intermediate member  370  is guided, and based on this, the shaft member  61  can swing. 
     The swing illustrated in  FIG. 36  and the swing illustrated in  FIG. 37A  are swings in the direction orthogonal to each other. 
     In addition, when the driving force from the apparatus main body  2  is received, the shaft member  61  receives the rotating force around the axis as illustrated by an arrow C 34  in  FIGS. 34 and 35A . At this time, both end portions of a rotating force transmission pin  65  of the shaft member  61  presses the pieces  371   a  and  372   a  (refer to  FIG. 33B ) of the intermediate member  370 , the intermediate member  370  is hooked to the side wall of the groove  360   b  of the main body  355 , and the rotating force can be transmitted to the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     In addition, when the tip end of the rotating force transmission pin  65  is configured to reach the inside of the groove  360   b  of the holding portion  360  of the main body  355 , even in a case where the pieces  371   a  and  372   a  are not disposed, since the tip end of the rotating force transmission pin  65  is hooked to the side wall of the groove  360   b  during the rotation, at this time, the rotating force can be transmitted without pressing the intermediate member  370 . 
     In this manner, the effects similar to those of the above-described end member  250  are also achieved by the end member  350 . 
     The shaft member  61  rotates (swings), transmits the rotating force, and is held in the bearing member  351 , by the above-described structure. After the end member  350  is assembled, the attachment of the end member  350  to the photoreceptor drum  11  is performed as the end portion on the side on which the shaft member  61  does not protrude in the end member  350  is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 . By the end member  350 , the rotating force is appropriately given to the photoreceptor drum  11  when mounting the processing cartridge  3 , and it is possible to easily attach and detach the processing cartridge  3 . 
     Next, a fifth aspect will be described.  FIG. 38  is a view illustrating the fifth aspect, and is a view illustrating an intermediate member  470 .  FIG. 38A  is a perspective view,  FIG. 38B  is a front view, and  FIG. 38C  is a plan view. 
     In the aspect, an aspect of a part at which the rotating force transmission pin  65  of the shaft member  61  is engaged in the intermediate member  470  is different from the intermediate member  370 . Other parts are the same as those in the above-described end member  350 , here, the intermediate member  470  will be described. 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 38B , the intermediate member  470  is formed in a half annular shape in a front view, and grooves  471  and  472  which extend in the diameter direction are provided on the end surface thereof. The groove width of the grooves  471  and  472  is substantially the same as the diameter of the rotating force transmission pin  65 . In addition, in the grooves  471  and  472 , snap-fit (interference-fit of the inlet portion) structures  471   a  and  262   a  are formed on the end surface side of the intermediate member  470 . Accordingly, the rotating force transmission pin  95  of the shaft member  61  is engaged with the grooves  471  and  472  without falling out.  FIG. 39  is a view illustrating this. 
       FIG. 39A  is a perspective view of a posture in which the shaft member  61  is engaged with the intermediate member  470 .  FIG. 39B  is a sectional view along the axis of  FIG. 39A . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 39A and 39B , at least a part of both end portions of the rotating force transmission pin  65  is disposed on the inner side of the grooves  471  and  472 . In addition, the rotating force transmission pin  65  is configured not to fall out of the grooves  471  and  472 , by the snap-fit structures  471   a  and  472   a.    
     According to the intermediate member  470 , it is possible to easily attach the shaft member  61  to the intermediate member  470 . Accordingly, for example, when assembling the photoreceptor drum unit, the bearing member which has already mounted the intermediate member  470  on the main body is fixed to the tip portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in advance, and then, the shaft member  61  can be mounted on the intermediate member  470  of the bearing member. According to the assembly, it is possible to finally independently attach the shaft member  61  which unstably swings, and to improve the ease of the assembly. 
     In addition, by adjusting the extent of a force which is required for taking out (releasing the engagement) the rotating force transmission pin  95  and a guide member  275  in the snap-fit structures  471   a  and  472   a  which regulate the falling (releasing the engagement) of the rotating force transmission pin  65 , and in the snap-fit structures  360   e  and  360   f  of the guide member insertion groove  360   d  which regulates the falling (releasing the engagement) of the guide member  375 , it is possible to make the intermediate member  470  remain on the main body side when taking out the shaft member  61 , and to remove the intermediate member  470  from the main body together with the shaft member  61 . For example, in a case where the main body  355  and the intermediate member  470  are combined and reused, when an interference-fit state of the snap-fit structures  471   a  and  472   a  is relatively weaker compared to the interference-fit of the snap-fit structures  360   e  and  360   f  of the guide member insertion groove  360   d , since the intermediate member  470  is left behind in the main body  355 , it is not necessary to separately manage the intermediate member  470  and the main body  355 , and workability is improved as the reuse becomes easier. On the contrary, when only the main body  355  or only the intermediate member  470  is reused, since the number of processes of separating the intermediate member and the main body is reduced later when the intermediate member  470  is not left behind in the main body  355 , the interference-fit state of the snap-fit structures  471   a  and  472   a  may be relatively stronger compared to the interference-fit of the snap-fit structures  360   e  and  360   f  of the guide member insertion groove  360   d , and workability is improved. 
     Next, a sixth aspect will be described. In the sixth aspect, since an aspect of a main body  555  is different from the aspect of the above-described main body  355 , and other parts are considered similar, here, the main body  355  will be described. In addition, members or parts which can be considered similar to those described above will be given the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
       FIG. 40A  is a plan view when the main body  555  is viewed from a side on which the intermediate member  370  is inserted.  FIG. 40B  is a perspective view of the main body  555 . In addition,  FIG. 41  is a sectional view along the axis including a line illustrated by C 41 -C 41  in  FIGS. 40A and 40B . Furthermore,  FIG. 42A  is a sectional view along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 42a -C 42a  in  FIGS. 40A, 40B, and 41 . In addition,  FIG. 42B  is a sectional view along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 42b -C 42b  in  FIGS. 40A, 40B, and 41 . 
     On the tubular inner side of the tubular body  256 , the bottom portion  359  which extends in a shape of a rod in the diameter direction of the tubular body  256  is provided to block at least a part of the inside of the tubular body  256 . Furthermore, a holding portion  560  is provided on the inner side opposite to the side which is fixed to the photoreceptor drum  11  nipping the bottom portion  359  on the inner side of the tubular body  256 . 
     The holding portion  560  forms guide surfaces  561  and  562  which serve as an intermediate member guide on the inner side of the tubular body  256 . Therefore, in the holding portion  560 , two protrusion portions  560   a  are disposed to face each other to protrude toward the axis of the tubular body  256  from the inner surface of the tubular body  256 , and a groove  560   b  is formed between the two protrusion portions  560   a.    
     An aspect of the holding portion  560  will be described in more detail. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 40A and 40B , two protrusion portions  560   a  are disposed to face each other, and the groove  560   b  is made as a void is formed therebetween. In addition, in the protrusion portion  560   a , a recessed portion  560   c  is formed to be hollowed out to a part of a sphere which has the center on the axis of the tubular body  256  in the protrusion portion  560   a . A part of a spherical surface of the recessed portion  560   c  has a shape which can receive the spherical body portion  64  of the shaft member  61 . However, the recessed portion  560   c  is not necessarily a part of a spherical surface. 
     In addition, on a surface opposite to the recessed portion  560   c  in the protrusion portion  560   a , the guide surfaces  561  and  562  are formed. 
     Furthermore, on an end surface of the protrusion portion  560   a  in the holding portion  560 , a guide member insertion groove  560   d  is provided between the tubular body  256  and the recessed portion  560   c . The guide member insertion groove  560   d  is provided to communicate with the recessed portion  560   c  side and the guide surfaces  561  and  562  sides, and further, one end thereof is opened through the groove  560   b . The size and the shape of the guide member insertion groove  560   d  are formed to be capable of inserting the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370 . 
     In the aspect, the guide member insertion grooves  560   d  are respectively provided on one side and on the other side of the groove  560   b . However, the guide member insertion grooves  560   d  may not be necessarily provided on both sides, and may be provided only on any one side. The guide member insertion groove  360   d  is formed on the bottom of the recessed portion  360   c  in the above-described main body  355 , but in the aspect, the guide member insertion groove  560   d  is provided in the end portion of the groove  560   b  in this manner. Accordingly, it is possible to eliminate the influence of a guide member insertion groove  350   d  on the movement of the intermediate member  370 . In other words, when the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  moves along the guide surfaces  561  and  562  (refer to  FIG. 41 ) of the holding portion  560  as will be described later, the guide member  375  smoothly moves since the guide member  375  is not hooked to the guide member insertion groove  560   d . In addition, it is possible to prevent the shaft member  61  from unintentionally falling out even when unintentionally pulling the shaft member  61 . 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of manufacturing the end member by disposing a mold, or the like, it is possible to provide a groove which communicates with any of the protrusion portions  560   a  in the axial direction (not illustrated). At this time, as the groove is formed to be narrower than a guide member  165 , the smooth swing of the shaft member  61  is maintained. 
     As described above, a surface is formed on a side opposite to the recessed portion  560   c  of the protrusion portion  560   a  (that is, a side opposing the bottom portion  359  of the holding portion  560 ), and the surface has a shape of an arc as can be ascertained from  FIG. 42B . This becomes the guide surfaces  561  and  562 . The guide surfaces  561  and  562  have a curved surface which is formed to be curved along the direction in which the groove  560   b  extends. As the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  slides on the guide surfaces  561  and  562 , the shaft member  61  swings similar to the description above. 
     Therefore, in the guide member insertion groove  560   d , the recessed portion  560   c  side of the protrusion portion  560   a  and the rear surface (a surface on which the guide surfaces  561  and  562  are present) of the holding portion  560  communicate with each other, and the guide member  375  reaches the guide surfaces  561  and  562 . 
     It is preferable that the holding portion  560  having such a shape is formed as follows. 
     The grove width of the groove  560   b  is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the groove width is substantially the same as the thickness of the intermediate member  370 . Accordingly, rattling of the shaft member  61  can be suppressed. 
     An inner surface shape of the recessed portion  560   c  is not particularly limited if the shape can receive the base end portion of the shaft member  61 , but when the base end portion of the shaft member  61  is the spherical body portion  64 , it is preferable that the curved surface having the same radius as that of the spherical body portion  64  is provided. Accordingly, it is also possible to prevent rattling of the shaft member  61 . 
     It is preferable that the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  can be inserted into the guide member insertion groove  560   d , and the guide member insertion groove  560   d  has the snap-fit (interference-fit of the inlet portion) structure with respect to the guide member  375 . 
     Since the guide surfaces  561  and  562  are surfaces which determine the swing of the shaft member  61 , it is preferable that the guide surfaces  561  and  562  have a shape of an arc in the section illustrated in  FIG. 42B  from the viewpoint that stabilized swing is obtained. In other words, it is preferable that the guide surfaces  561  and  562  have a shape of an arc around the center of the swing of the shaft member  61 . Accordingly, smooth swing is possible. In addition, in the aspect, the arc of the recessed portion  560   c  is also an arc which is included in a concentric circle of a circle including the guide surfaces  561  and  562 . 
       FIGS. 43 and 44  illustrate a bearing member  551  which is made by combining the intermediate member  370  with the main body  555 .  FIG. 43  is a perspective view,  FIG. 44A  is a view from the same viewpoint of  FIG. 42A , and  FIG. 44B  is a view from the same viewpoint of  FIG. 42B .  FIG. 43  is a view illustrating a state of the movement of the guide member  375  when the intermediate member  370  is combined with the main body  555 . 
     As can be ascertained from the drawings, in the bearing member  551 , the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  passes through the guide member insertion groove  560   d , reaches the bottom portion  359  side (an order illustrated by a straight line arrow in  FIG. 45 ), and is disposed to be capable of sliding on the guide surfaces  561  and  562 . In addition, similar to the above-described bearing member  551 , as the guide member  375  slides on the guide surfaces  561  and  562 , the intermediate member  370  is guided, and as a result, the intermediate member  370  can rotate on the inner side of the main body  555 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 43 , the intermediate member  370  is disposed in the groove  560   b  so that the thickness direction of the intermediate member  370  becomes the groove width direction of the groove  560   h  formed in the holding portion  560 . Therefore, a part of the intermediate member  370  is disposed in the groove  560   b , and the intermediate member  370  can move to rotate (swing) to slide in the groove  560   b.    
     Furthermore, in a bearing member  341  of the aspect, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 43 and 44A , when both ends of the intermediate member  370  have a posture of being aligned in the direction (diameter direction of the main body  555 ) orthogonal to the axis of the main body  555 , the grooves  371  and  372  of the intermediate member  370  has a structure of being protruded and exposed from the protrusion portion  560   a  formed in the holding portion  560  of the main body  555 . Therefore, in the aspect, it is possible to attach the shaft member  61  after combining the intermediate member  370  with the main body  555 , and to more easily perform the assembly with excellent productivity. In addition, since removing only of the shaft member  61  also becomes easier, the reusing is also easily performed. In particular, at this time, when the shaft member  61  is inserted and separated, since it is not necessary to deform the shaft member  61 , a concern about damage or the like is relieved. In addition, since the separation is easy, it is possible to improve workability. 
     In this manner, the end member is made as the shaft member  61  is combined with the intermediate member  370  of the bearing member  551  of the aspect. In addition, in this end member, the intermediate member  370  is held not to fall out of the guide surfaces  561  and  562  formed in the main body  555 , and the shaft member  61  is held not to fall out of the intermediate member  370 . Therefore, the shaft member  61  is not directly held in the main body  555 . In addition, the end member which is made by combining the shaft member  61  to the bearing member  341  can also act similar to the end member  350 . 
       FIG. 46  is a sectional view illustrating a scene where the shaft member  61  is combined with the bearing member  551 , and the shaft member  61  is inclined the most. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 46 , even when the shaft member  61  is inclined, the shaft member  61  does not become more inclined than this, since the rotating shaft  63  of the shaft member  61  comes into contact with the main body  555  of the bearing member  551  before the guide member  375  reaches the guide member insertion groove  560   d . Therefore, there is not a concern that the intermediate member  370  falls out of the main body  555 . In addition, even when pulling the shaft member  61 , or the like, since the guide member  375  does not reach the guide member insertion groove  560   d , unintentional disengagement also does not occur. 
     In addition, when the guide member  375  of the intermediate member  370  moves along the guide surfaces  561  and  562  within the range of the swing of the shaft member  61 , the guide member  375  smoothly moves since the guide member  375  is not hooked to the guide member insertion groove  560   d.    
       FIG. 47  is a view illustrating a bearing member  551 ′ which includes a main body  555 ′ according to a modification example of the main body  555 .  FIG. 47A  is a perspective view of a bearing member  341 ′.  FIG. 47B  is an enlarged view illustrating a part of  FIG. 47A . In the example, in a posture in which both ends of the intermediate member  370  are aligned in the direction (diameter direction of the main body  555 ′) orthogonal to the axis of the main body  555 ′, a protrusion portion  560   a ′ extends in the direction along the axis to be hidden in a groove  560   b ′ to the end portion of the intermediate member  370 . However, a part of the protrusion portion  560   a ′ is cut out, a space  560   f ′ is formed, and the shaft member  61  passes through the grooves  371  and  372  of the intermediate member  370  from a space  350   f ′, so that the shaft member  61  can be engaged with the grooves  371  and  372  of the intermediate member  370 . 
       FIG. 48  is a view illustrating a bearing member  341 ″ which includes a main body  555 ″ according to another modification example of the main body  555 .  FIG. 48  is a perspective view of a bearing member  341 ″. In the example, a space  560   f ′ which is greater than the space  560   f ′ of the main body  555 ′ is formed. 
     According to the main bodies  555 ′ and  555 ″, easy attachment and detachment of the shaft member  61  from the spaces  560   f ′ and  560   f ″ are ensured, contact portions between the intermediate member  370  and the main bodies  555 ′ and  555 ″ can increase on a side opposite to the spaces  560   f ′ and  560   f ′, and a load during the rotation can be dispersed. 
     Next, a seventh aspect will be described. In the seventh aspect, a holding portion  660  of a main body  655  is different from that in the above-described sixth aspect, and a guide member  675  of an intermediate member  670  is different from that in the above-described sixth aspect. Since other parts can be considered similar, here, the description will focus on parts of the main body  655  and an intermediate member  670  different from those in the sixth aspect. In addition, here, members and parts which are considered similar to those described above will be given the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
       FIGS. 49A and 49B  are views illustrating the main body  655 .  FIG. 49A  is a view from the same viewpoint of  FIG. 42A .  FIG. 49B  is a view from the same viewpoint of  FIG. 42B . In addition,  FIG. 50A  is a perspective view of the intermediate member  670 .  FIG. 50B  is a front view of the intermediate member  670 .  FIG. 50C  is a plan view of the intermediate member  670 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 49A and 49B , the guide member insertion groove  560   d  is also provided in the holding portion  660  provided in the main body  655 , similar to the holding portion  560 . In the holding portion  660 , a returning piece  660   e  which extends to the guide surfaces  561  and  562  sides (bottom portion  359  side) from an edge which is continuous to the guide surfaces  561  and  562  in the edge of the guide member insertion groove  560   d , is disposed. Accordingly, between the returning piece  660   e  and the guide surfaces  561  and  562 , internal corner portions  660   f  which are opened to the guide surfaces  561  and  562  sides, are formed. In addition, the internal corner portion  660   f  is not illustrated when the guide member insertion groove  560   d  is viewed from the recessed portion  560   c  side. 
     Meanwhile, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 50A to 50C , the guide member  675  (guided member) which has a different shape from the above-described intermediate member  370  is provided in the intermediate member  670 . In other words, in the aspect, the guide member  675  has a shape of a substantially triangular column, and a tip end thereof is narrowed in a shape of a drill. 
     Therefore, in the guide member  675 , a projection  675   b  which is made of triangular top points at both ends of a surface  675   a  that comes into contact with the guide surfaces  561  and  562  of the holding portion  660 , is formed. 
     By providing the above-described configuration, after the intermediate member  670  is combined with the main body  655 , the intermediate member  670  becomes more unlikely to fall out of the main body  655 .  FIG. 51  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 51A  is a section of a scene where the intermediate member  670  is combined with the main body  655 .  FIG. 51B  is a section of a scene where the intermediate member  670  also swings according to the swing of the shaft member  61 . 
     First, a scene where the intermediate member  670  is attached to the main body  655  is considered. In the scene, as illustrated by an arrow C 51a  in  FIG. 51A , the guide member  675  of the intermediate member  670  passes through the guide member insertion groove  560   d  from the recessed portion  560   c  side, and is disposed on the guide surfaces  561  and  562  sides. At this time, as described above, the internal corner portion  660   f  made by the returning piece  660   e  has an orientation which does not interrupt the insertion of the guide member  675 . Therefore, in general, it is possible to smoothly attach the intermediate member  670  to the main body  655 . 
     Next, after the intermediate member  670  and the shaft member  61  are attached to the main body  655 , a scene where the shaft member  61  and the intermediate member  670  swing is considered. In the scene, the guide member  675  of the intermediate member  670  moves being guided to the guide surface  561  of the main body  655  as illustrated by an arrow C 51b  in  FIG. 51B . At this time, when the swing increases and the guide member  675  reaches the returning piece  660   e , a projection  465   b  of the guide member  675  goes into the internal corner portion  660   f  formed by the guide surfaces  561  and  562  and the returning piece  660   e . Therefore, the guide member  675  cannot move more than this, and the guide member  675  does not fall out of the guide member insertion groove  560   d.    
     According to the above-described aspect, a function as the end member described above can be achieved, the intermediate member  670  and the main body  655  can be smoothly combined with each other, and further, the intermediate member  670  can be more reliably prevented from falling out of the main body  655  in an unintentional scene. For example, even in a case where transportation is performed in a state where the intermediate member  670  is combined with the main body  655 , there is not a concern that the intermediate member  670  falls out due to the swing caused by the transportation. 
     In the aspect, a shape in which the guide member  675  of the intermediate member  670  goes into the internal corner portion  660   f  by making the guide member  675  in a shape of a triangular column as described above, is illustrated, but the shape of the guide member is not particularly limited if the movement (rotation) is regulated as the guide portion goes into the internal corner portion. 
     Next, an eighth aspect will be described.  FIG. 52  is a perspective view of a driving side end member  730 .  FIG. 53  is an exploded perspective view of the driving side end member  730 . In the aspect, with respect to the above-described first aspect, instead of the driving side end member  250 , the driving side end member  730  is used. Here, the driving side end member  730  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 52 , the driving side end member  730  is provided with the bearing member  251  and the shaft member  61 . Here, since the shaft member  61  can be considered the same as that in the first aspect, the same reference numeral will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 52 and 53 , the driving side end member  730  is provided with a bearing member  740  and a shaft member  750 . 
     The bearing member  740  is a member which is boned to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  of the driving side end member  730 .  FIG. 54A  is a perspective view of the bearing member  740 .  FIG. 55B  is a plan view when viewed from the side on which the shaft member  750  is inserted in the bearing member  740 . Furthermore,  FIG. 55A  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 55a -C 55a  in  FIG. 54B .  FIG. 55B  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 55b -C 55b  in  FIG. 54B . In addition, in each drawing illustrated below, sections (cross sections) are illustrated being hatched in the sectional views. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 52 to 55 , the bearing member  740  is configured to include a tubular body  741 , a contact wall  742 , a fitting portion  743 , a gear portion  744 , and a shaft member holding portion  745 . 
     The tubular body  741  is an overall tubular member, and the contact wall  742  and the gear portion  744  are disposed on the outer circumference thereof, and the shaft member holding portion  745  is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  741 . 
     The contact wall  742  which comes into contact with and is locked to the end surface of the photoreceptor drum  11 , stands from a part of the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  741 . Accordingly, the depth of insertion of the driving side end member  730  into the photoreceptor drum  11  is regulated when the driving side end member  730  is mounted on the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     In addition, by nipping the contact wall  742  of the tubular body  741 , the fitting portion  743  of which one side is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11  is made. The fitting portion  743  is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 , and is fixed to the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  by the adhesive. Accordingly, the driving side end member  730  is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 . Therefore, the outer diameter of the fitting portion  743  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the photoreceptor drum  11  within a range in which insertion into cylindrical inner side of the photoreceptor drum  11  is possible. A groove may be formed on the outer circumferential surface in the fitting portion  743 . Accordingly, the groove is filled with the adhesive, and adhesiveness between the tubular body  741  (driving side end member  730 ) and the photoreceptor drum  11  is improved by an anchor effect or the like. 
     By nipping the contact wall  742 , the gear portion  744  is formed on the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  741  opposite to the fitting portion  743 . The gear portion  744  is a gear which transmits the rotating force to another member, such as the developing roller, and in the aspect, the gear portion  55  is a helical gear. However, the type of the gear is not particularly limited, and may be a spur gear. Otherwise, both the helical gear and the spur gear may be disposed being aligned along the axial direction of the tubular body. In addition, it is not necessary to provide the gear. 
     The shaft member holding portion  745  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  741 , and which has a function of holding the shaft member  750  in the bearing member  740 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 54A to 57B , the shaft member holding portion  745  includes a rotating shaft holding member  746 , a support member  747 , and a guide wall  748 . 
     The rotating shaft holding member  746  is a plate-like member which is formed to block the inner side of the tubular body  741 , but a hole  746   a  which is coaxial to the axis of the tubular body  741  is formed. Since a rotating shaft  751  (refer to  FIG. 56 ) penetrates the hole  746   a  as will be described later, the rotating shaft  751  has the size and the shape by which the rotating shaft  751  can penetrate. However, in order to prevent the rotating shaft  751  from falling out, a main body  752  of the rotating shaft  751  can penetrate the hole  746   a , but cannot penetrate a part on which a projection  753  is disposed. In addition, from the viewpoint of stabilized movement of the rotating shaft  751 , it is preferable that the hole  746   a  has the shape and the size which are substantially the same as the outer circumference of the main body  752  of the rotating shaft  751  within a range in which the hole  746   a  does not interrupt the movement of the rotating shaft  751  in the axial direction. 
     In addition, in the rotating shaft holding member  746 , two slits  746   b  extend from the hole  746   a . The two slits  746   b  are provided at symmetrical positions nipping the center of the hole  746   a . In addition, the size and the shape of the slit  746   b  are formed so that the projection  753  of the rotating shaft  751  (refer to  FIG. 56 ) can penetrate the slit  746   b.    
     The support member  747  is a plate-like member which is provided further on the fitting portion  743  side than the rotating shaft holding member  746 , and which is formed to block at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  741 . The support member  747  is formed to have the size and the shape by which a rotating shaft elastic member  763  which will be described later can be supported. 
     The guide wall  748  is a tubular member which extends in parallel to the axial direction of the tubular body  741  from an edge of the hole  746   a  of the rotating shaft holding member  746 , and of which an end portion is connected to the support member  747 . In the aspect, the sectional shape of the inner side of the guide wall  748  is the same as that of the hole  746   a . However, as will be described later, since the main body  752  of the rotating shaft  751  is inserted into the guide wall  748 , and the rotating shaft  751  moves in the axial direction, the guide wall  748  has the shape and the size in which the guide wall  748  does not interrupt the movement. 
     In addition, a slit  748   a  is formed in the guide wall  748 . In  FIGS. 55A and 57B , for making it easy to understand, a dotted line is illustrated along the direction in which the slit  748   a  extends. One end side of the slit  748   a  passes through the slit  746   b  of the rotating shaft holding member  746  in the longitudinal direction, the slit  748   a  extends in parallel to the axis of the tubular body  741 , and the slit  748   a  reaches the support member  747 . After this, the slit  748   a  extends in parallel to the axial direction similar to a U-turn, and one end portion (the other end side) of the slit  748   a  reaches the rotating shaft holding member  746 . Therefore, the other end side is blocked by the rotating shaft holding member  746 . The slit width of the slit  748   a  is formed so that the projection  753  of the rotating shaft  751  (refer to  FIG. 56 ) can move in the slit  748   a.    
     A material which configures the bearing member  740  is not particularly limited, but a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS, or metal can be used. Here, in order to improve the rigidity of the member in a case where the resin is used, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, in order to make the attachment or the movement of the shaft member smooth, sliding properties may be improved by containing at least one type of a fluororesin, polyethylene, and silicon rubber in the resin. In addition, the resin may be coated with fluororesin or lubricant. 
     In a case of making the bearing member  740  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     Returning to  FIGS. 52 and 53 , the shaft member  750  of the driving side end member  730  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 53 , the shaft member  750  is provided with the rotating shaft  751  and a rotating force transmission member  754 , and the rotating force transmission member  754  is configured to include a tip end member  755 , a claw member  759 , and a pin  765 . Furthermore, the shaft member  750  is provided with the rotating shaft elastic member  763  and a claw member elastic member  764 . Any of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  and the claw member elastic member  764  in the aspect is a coiled spring. 
     Hereinafter, each of the members will be described. 
     The rotating shaft  751  is a shaft-shape member which transmits the rotating force received by the rotating force transmission member  754  to the bearing member  740 .  FIG. 56A  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  751 .  FIG. 56B  is a sectional view when cut along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 56b -C 56b  in  FIG. 56A . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 56A and 56B , the rotating shaft  751  includes the columnar main body  752 , and recessed portions  752   a  and  752   c  are respectively formed on columnar end surfaces. 
     The recessed portion  752   a  is a recessed portion which is formed on one end surface of the main body  752  of the rotating shaft  751 , and one end side of the claw member elastic member  764  is inserted thereto. In addition, a holding projection  752   b  for fixing the claw member elastic member  764  is provided on a bottom portion of the recessed portion  752   a . In the aspect, as will be described later, the claw member elastic member  764  is held as the holding projection  752   b  is inserted into the claw member elastic member  764 . 
     The recessed portion  752   c  is a recessed portion which is formed on the other end surface of the main body  752  of the rotating shaft  751 , that is, on an end surface opposite to the side on which the recessed portion  752   a  is formed. One end of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  is inserted into the recessed portion  752   c , and one end of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  comes into contact with the bottom portion of the recessed portion  752   c . Therefore, the recessed portion  752   c  is formed to have the size in which the insertion is possible. 
     Two projections  753  are disposed in the end portion on the side on which the recessed portion  752   c  is disposed in the outer circumferential portion of the main body  752 . Two projections  753  are provided on the same line in one diameter direction of the column of the main body  752  to be opposite to each other nipping the axis of the main body  752 . The two projections  753  have a function of holding the rotating shaft  751  by the bearing member  740  as will be described later, regulating the movement of the main body  752 , and transmitting the rotating force of the main body  752  to the bearing member  740 . 
     Returning to  FIG. 53 , other members will be continuously described. The tip end member  755  is one member which configures the rotating force transmission member  754 , and is a member which holds an engagement claw  760  to be swingable, and transmits the rotating force from the engagement claw  760  to the rotating shaft  751 .  FIG. 57A  is a perspective view of the tip end member  755 .  FIG. 57B  is a plan view of the tip end member  755  when viewed from the side on which the engagement claw  760  is disposed.  FIG. 57C  is a sectional view by a line illustrated by C 57c -C 57c  in  FIG. 57B .  FIG. 57D  is a sectional view by a line illustrated by C 57d -C 57d  in  FIG. 57B . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 52, 53, and 57A to 57D , the tip end member  755  is configured to include a disk-like base portion  756  and two holding members  757  disposed on one surface of the base portion  756 . 
     In the aspect, the base portion  756  has a shape of a disk, and a hole  756   a  which penetrates the base portion  756  in the thickness direction is formed at the center thereof. 
     The holding members  757  are two members which are disposed on one surface of the base portion  756 , and are disposed on one side and on the other side nipping the hole  756   a  of the base portion  756  in a plan view ( FIG. 57B ), and being provided with a void in which the hole  756   a  is exposed. Therefore, a groove  757   a  is formed between two holding members  757 , and the hole  756   a  is formed in a bottom portion of the groove  757   a . In addition, on a side surface other than the surface on which the groove  757   a  is formed in the holding member  757 , an inclined surface  757   b  is formed to approach the axis of the base portion  756  according to the separation from the base portion  756 . 
     In addition, in the holding member  757 , a hole  757   c  which passes through the center of the hole  756   a  of the base portion  756  in a plan view ( FIG. 57B ), and is orthogonal to the direction in which the groove  757   a  extends, is provided. As will be described later, the pin  765  is inserted into the hole  757   c.    
     Returning to  FIG. 53 , the claw member  759  will be described. The claw member  759  is one member which configures the rotating force transmission member  754 , and is a member which is engaged with the driving shaft  70  (refer to  FIG. 10 ) provided in the apparatus main body  2 , and transmits the rotating force to the tip end member  755 .  FIGS. 58 and 59  are views illustrating this.  FIG. 58A  is a perspective view of the claw member  759 .  FIG. 58B  is a front view of the claw member  759 .  FIG. 59A  is a side view of the claw member  759 .  FIG. 59B  is a sectional view from the arrow direction illustrated by C 59b -C 59b  in  FIG. 58B . 
     The claw member  759  includes two engagement claws  760  in the aspect, and a linking piece  761  which links end portions of the two engagement claws  760  to each other. In addition, on a side opposite to two engagement claws  760  of the linking piece  761 , a holding projection  762  is provided at a position which is the center between the two engagement claws. 
     Two engagement claws  760  are members which stand in the same direction from both end portions of the linking piece  761 , and an interval between two engagement claws  760  is formed so that a tip end of a driving shaft  770  enters the interval, and the driving projection  71  (refer to  FIG. 10 ) of the driving shaft  70  is hooked to the engagement claw  760 . In addition, in the aspect, two engagement claws  760  are formed to become narrower according to the separation from the linking piece  761  as can be ascertained from  FIG. 58B . More specifically, opposing surfaces  760   d  which are surfaces opposing each other in two engagement claws  760 , form a recessed portion  759   a  having a shape of an arc including the surface of the linking piece  761 . This is a shape which corresponds to the tip end portion of the driving shaft  70  (refer to  FIG. 10 ) of the apparatus main body. However, it is not necessary that the recessed portion  759   a  has a shape of an arc, and the opposing surface  760   d  of two engagement claws  760  may be formed to be inclined (in a tapered shape) in a shape of a straight line to be separated from each other according to the separation from the linking piece  761 . 
     In addition, in two engagement claws  760 , outer surfaces  760   a  which are surfaces opposite to the recessed portion  759   a , are inclined surfaces (hereinafter, there is a case where the outer surface  760   a  is described as an inclined surface  760   a ) to approach each other according to the separation from the linking piece  761 . 
     Furthermore, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 59A and 59B , on the surface where the engagement claw  760  is formed, on two surfaces  760   b  and  760   c  which link the opposing surface  760   d  and the inclined surface  760   a , the first side surface  760   b  which is one surface is parallel to the direction in which the engagement claw  760  stands (the direction in which the axis of the rotating shaft  751  extends), and in the aspect, as the second side surface  760   c  which is the other surface is separated from the linking piece  761 , the second side surface  760   c  is inclined to approach the first side surface  760   b . in addition, in the two engagement claws  760 , the first side surface  760   b  and the second side surface  760   c  are disposed on opposite sides. 
     The first side surface  760   b  is a surface to which the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  comes into contact when the rotating force is transmitted from the apparatus main body  2 . From the related viewpoint, it is necessary for the first side surface  760   b  to maintain reliable contact with the driving projection  71  when the first side surface  760   b  receives the rotating force. Therefore, it is preferable that the first side surface  760   b  is parallel to the direction (the direction in which the axis of the rotating shaft  751  extends) in which the engagement claw  760  stands similar to the aspect, or that the first side surface  760   b  has an inclined surface which is inclined in the direction in which the second side surface  760   c  is separated when approaching the tip end. 
     Meanwhile, in the aspect, the second side surface  760   c  has the inclined surface to approach the first side surface  760   b  as described above, but it is not necessary to provide the inclined surface. 
     The holding projection  762  is a projection which is disposed at a position which is the center between two engagement claws  760 , on the surface opposite to the engagement claw  760  of the linking piece  761 . The holding projection  762  is fixed to the claw member elastic member  764 . In the aspect, the holding projection  762  is inserted and fixed to the inner side from the end portion of the claw member elastic member  764 . Therefore, the holding projection  762  has the size in which the insertion into the claw member elastic member  764  is possible. In addition, in the aspect, the tip end of the holding projection  762  is formed on a hemispherical surface to make the insertion easy. 
     In addition, in the holding projection  762 , a long hole  762   a  which penetrates the holding projection  762  is provided in the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the two engagement claws  760  are aligned. The long hole  762   a  is a long hole which is long in the standing direction of the engagement claw  760 , and is short in the direction in which the two engagement claws  760  are aligned. As will be described later, the pin  765  passes through the long hole  762   a.    
     The shape of the long hole  762   a  in the penetrating direction is illustrated in  FIG. 59B . As can be ascertained from the drawing, the long hole  762   a  becomes the narrowest at the center in the penetrating direction, and the diameter of the long hole  762   a  expands to be inclined (to have a tapered shape) so that the hole widens when approaching both ends in the penetrating direction across the entire circumference of the long hole  762   a . Accordingly, as will be described later, smooth swing of the claw member  759  is achieved. 
     Here, in the claw member  759  which will be described later, the size (thickness) of the linking piece  761  illustrated by D 1  in  FIG. 59B , is formed to be smaller than the width of the groove  757   a  illustrated by D 2  in  FIG. 57B , from the viewpoint that the linking piece  761  swings being disposed on the inner side of the groove  757   a  of the tip end member  755  illustrated in  FIG. 59B . In addition, the holding projection  762  has the thickness in which insertion into the hole  756   a  of the tip end member  755  is possible, and the swing on the inner side of the hole  756   a  is possible. 
     Returning to  FIG. 53 , another configuration provided in the shaft member  750  will be described. The rotating shaft elastic member  763  and the claw member elastic member  764  are so-called elastic members, and are made of the coiled spring in the aspect. In addition, the pin  765  is one rod-like member which configures the rotating force transmission member  754 . The dispositions and the actions of each member will be described later. 
     A material which configures each member of the shaft member  750  is not particularly limited, but a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS, can be used. However, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, by inserting metal into the resin, the rigidity may further be improved, or the entire body may be made of metal. In a case of making the shaft member  750  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of having elasticity, the shaft member  750  and the claw member  759  included in the shaft member  750 , may be made by bending a metal plate, or may be made by making the metal, glass, or carbon fiber infiltrate into the resin. 
     By combining the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  750  with each other as follows, the driving side end member  730  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     First, a combination between the bearing member  740  and the rotating shaft  751  will be described.  FIG. 60A  is a sectional view in which the rotating shaft  751  is combined with the bearing member  740 ,  FIG. 60B  is a plan view thereof, and  FIG. 60C  is a sectional view from the arrow direction illustrated by C 60c -C 60c  in  FIG. 60B . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 60A to 60C , the rotating shaft  751  passes through the hole  746   a  of the rotating shaft holding member  746  of the bearing member  740 , an end portion on the side on which the projection  753  is disposed is included in the shaft member holding portion  745 , and an end portion on an opposite side is disposed to protrude from the bearing member  740 . At this time, the projection  753  is disposed in the end portion on the side blocked by the rotating shaft holding member  746  in the end portion of the slit  748   a  provided in the guide wall  748 , and the rotating shaft  751  is configured not to fall out of the bearing member  740  as being hooked to the rotating shaft holding member  746 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 60C , the rotating shaft elastic member  763  is disposed between the rotating shaft  751  and the support member  747 , and the rotating shaft  751  is biased in the direction in which the projection  753  is pressed to the rotating shaft holding member  746 . In addition, since a side surface of the projection  753  can be hooked to a slit wall surface of the slit  748   a , the projection  753  is hooked to the slit wall surface of the slit  748   a , and transmits the rotating force, during the rotation of the rotating shaft  751 . 
     The attachment of the bearing member  740  and the rotating shaft  751  can be performed by inserting the projection  753  of the rotating shaft  751  into the slit  748   a  from the slit  746   b , and by moving the projection  753  in the slit  748   a  along a dotted line illustrated in  FIGS. 55A and 55B . 
     Next, the combination of another member to the rotating shaft  751  in the shaft member  750 , will be described.  FIG. 61  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 61A  is an exploded perspective view, and  FIG. 61B  is a sectional view of the shaft member  750  in the direction along the axis. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 61B , the claw member elastic member  764  is disposed on the inner side of the recessed portion  752   a  of the main body  752  of the rotating shaft  751 . At this time, one end of the claw member elastic member  764  is fixed to be inserted into the projection  752   b.    
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 61B , the tip end member  755  is fixed to be disposed to overlap the surface of the base portion  756  of the tip end member  755 , on the end surface on the side on which the recessed portion  752   a  of the rotating shaft  751  is provided. A fixing method is not particularly limited, and a known method using the adhesive or solvent can be used. The tip end member  755  and the rotating shaft  751  may be integrally formed. In addition, at this time, the axis of the main body  752  of the rotating shaft  751  and the axis (center of the hole  756   a ) of the tip end member  755 , are positioned to match each other. 
     In addition, the holding projection  762  of the claw member  759  is inserted into the hole  756   a  of the tip end member  755 , and the linking piece  761  of the claw member  759  is inserted into the groove  757   a  of the tip end member  755 . At this time, the tip end of the holding projection  762  is fixed to be inserted into the claw member elastic member  764 . In addition, the pin  765  passes through the hole  757   c  of the tip end member  755  and the long hole  762   a  of the claw member  759 , and the claw member  759  is linked to the tip end member  755 . 
     By the combination described above, axes of each of the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  750  are disposed to match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  730  combined as described above can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described.  FIG. 62  is a sectional view in the direction along the axis in one posture of the end member  730 . 
     In the posture illustrated in  FIG. 62 , by the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , a posture in which the entire shaft member  750  protrudes the most from the bearing member  740  within a possible range, is achieved. When any external force is not applied to the shaft member  750 , the driving side end member  730  has this posture. 
     In this posture, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 62 , since the linking piece  761  of the claw member  759  is inserted into the groove  757   a  of the tip end member  755 , when the rotating force is applied to the engagement claw  760  of the claw member  759  as illustrated by C 62a  in  FIG. 62 , the claw member  759  is hooked to the holding member  757  of the tip end member  755 , or the pin  765  is hooked to the side surface of the long hole  762   a , and the rotating force is transmitted. By any aspect, it is possible to appropriately set whether the rotating force is transmitted. In addition, the rotating force is transmitted to the rotating shaft  751 , and further, the projection  753  of the rotating shaft  751  presses the slit wall of the slit  748   a , and the rotating force is transmitted to the bearing member  740 . Therefore, the entire end member  730  rotates by the rotating force received by the engagement claw  760 . 
     In addition, as illustrated by an arrow C 62b  in  FIG. 62 , when a pressing force acts to the claw member  759  toward the bearing member  740  side in the axial direction, the pressing force is transmitted to the tip end member  755  and the rotating shaft  751 , and the entire shaft member  750  moves in the direction of being pressed to the bearing member  740  as illustrated by C 62c  in  FIG. 62  against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 . 
       FIG. 63  is an enlarged view illustrating the vicinity of the rotating force transmission member  754 .  FIG. 63A  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 62 .  FIG. 63B  is a sectional view from the arrow direction by C 63b -C 63b  in  FIG. 63A . When the external force is not applied, the claw member  759  holds the postures illustrated in  FIGS. 62, 63A, and 63B  by the claw member elastic member  764 . 
     Meanwhile, as the external force is applied, swing around the pin  765  is possible as illustrated by an arrow C 63a  in  FIG. 63A  against an elastic force of the claw member elastic member  764 . 
     Furthermore, as the external force is applied, the claw member  759  can swing in all directions other that the swing around the pin  765  as illustrated by an arrow C 63c  in  FIG. 63B  against the elastic force of the claw member elastic member  764 . This is because the long hole  762   a  of the holding projection  762  is a long hole, and the diameter of the long hole  762   a  expands (in a tapered shape) to be inclined across the entire both end portions in the penetrating direction. 
     Therefore, the claw member  759  can swing in all directions around the axis. In addition, in the aspect, the claw member elastic member  764  is an aspect of a compression spring, but not being limited thereto, may be an aspect of an extension spring. 
     In addition, in the aspect, the pin  765  which is the shaft of the rotation of the claw member  759  is disposed on the outer side of the bearing member  740 . Accordingly, since the swing of the claw member  759  is not restricted by the bearing member  740 , a degree of freedom of the shape of the claw member  759  is increased, and more smooth swing is possible. 
     Furthermore, in the driving side end member  730  of the aspect, while the movement of the shaft member  750  in the axial direction is regulated by the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , the claw member elastic member  764  controls the swing of the claw member  759 , and the movement and the swing can be designed independently from each other. Therefore, from the related viewpoint, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom of design. In addition, when the swing of the claw member  759  is controlled, it is possible to compactly design since it is not necessary to have a function of regulating the movement in the axial direction, and to improve the degree of freedom of design when disposition is performed in a limited space. 
     Next, a ninth aspect will be described.  FIG. 64A  is a perspective view of a shaft member  850  in a driving side end member  830  (refer to  FIG. 69 ) included in the aspect.  FIG. 64B  is an exploded perspective view of the shaft member  850 . The driving side end member  830  is an example in which the bearing member  740  is the same, and the shaft member  850  is employed instead of the shaft member  750 , compared to the driving side end member  730  which has already been described. Therefore, the same configuration elements of the bearing member  740  will be given the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Hereinafter, the shaft member  850  will be described. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 64A and 64B , the shaft member  850  is provided with a rotating shaft  851  and a rotating force transmission member  854 , and the rotating force transmission member  854  is configured to include a tip end member  855 , a claw member  859 , and a rod-like pin  865 . Furthermore, the shaft member  850  is provided with the rotating shaft elastic member  763  and the claw member elastic member  764 . Any of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  and the claw member elastic member  764  of the aspect is the coiled spring, and the same reference numerals as those in the above-described eighth aspect are given. 
     The rotating shaft  851  is a shaft-shape member which transmits the rotating force received by the rotating force transmission member  854  to the bearing member  740 .  FIG. 65  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  851 .  FIG. 66A  is a plan view when viewed from a side on which the tip end member  855  is disposed in the rotating shaft  851 .  FIG. 66B  is a sectional view along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 66b -C 66b  in  FIG. 66A .  FIG. 66C  is a sectional view along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 66c -C 66c  in  FIG. 66A . In addition, in the aspect, since the tip end member  855  is integrally disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft  851 , and the tip end member  855  is also illustrated in the drawings. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 65, 66A to 66C , the rotating shaft  851  includes a columnar main body  852 , and recessed portions  852   a  and  852   c  are respectively formed on columnar end surfaces. 
     The recessed portion  852   a  is a recessed portion which is formed on one end surface of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 , and one end side of the claw member elastic member  764  is inserted thereto. In addition, a projection  852   b  for fixing the claw member elastic member  764  is provided on a bottom portion of the recessed portion  852   a . In the aspect, the claw member elastic member  764  is held as the projection  852   b  is inserted into the claw member elastic member  764 . 
     The recessed portion  852   c  is a recessed portion which is formed on the other end surface of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 , that is, on an end surface opposite to the side on which the recessed portion  852   a  is formed. One end of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  is inserted into the recessed portion  852   c , and one end of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  comes into contact with the bottom of the recessed portion  852   c . Therefore, the recessed portion  852   c  is formed to have the size in which one end of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  can be inserted. 
     Two projections  753  are disposed in the end portion on the side where the recessed portion  852   c  is disposed in the outer circumferential portion of the main body  852 . Two projections  753  are the same as the projections  753  provided in the main body  752  of the end member  730 . 
     In addition, in the outer circumferential portion of the main body  852 , in the end portion on a side on which the recessed portion  852   a  is disposed, a long hole  852   d  which penetrates the main body  852  is disposed in the diameter direction of the main body  852 . The long hole  852   d  is a long hole which is long in the axial direction of the main body  852 , and is short in the circumferential direction of the main body  852 . As will be described later, the pin  865  passes through the long hole  852   d . In the aspect, the long hole is employed, but it is not necessary to employ a long hole, and a circular hole or a hole having another shape may be employed. 
     The tip end member  855  is one member which configures the rotating force transmission member  854 , and transmits the rotating force from the claw member  859  to the rotating shaft  851 .  FIGS. 65 and 66A to 66C  illustrate the tip end member  855 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 64, 65, and 66A to 66C , the tip end member  855  in the aspect is configured to include two holding members  857  which are disposed on the end surface on the recessed portion  852   a  side of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 . 
     The holding members  857  are two members which are disposed on an end surface on the recessed portion  852   a  side of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 , and are disposed to include a predetermined void  857   a  nipping the axis of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 . Therefore, the recessed portion  852   a  of the main body  852  communicates with the inside and the outside via the void  857   a.    
     In addition, surfaces  857   b  and  857   d  which form a side wall of the void  857   a  of a holding member  857 , are inclined surfaces (tapered surfaces) to be separated from each other as being separated from the rotating shaft  851 . Here, among the surfaces  857   b  and  857   d , the surfaces  857   b  are planes which are disposed at each of both ends in the direction in which the void  857   a  extends, and the surfaces  857   d  are curved surfaces which are disposed between two surfaces  857   b  and have a shape of an arc in the aspect. 
     In this manner, as the surfaces  857   b  and  857   d  are inclined surfaces, swing of the claw member  859  is unlikely to be interrupted, and is smoothly performed (refer to  FIG. 70B ). Furthermore, from the posture in which the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2  is engaged with the shaft member  850 , since the tip end of the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  slides on the surfaces  857   b  and  857   d  when disengaging the driving shaft  70 , and a component of force which presses the shaft member  850  in the axial direction is generated, the shaft member  850  can be moved in the axial direction (direction illustrated by an arrow C 69c  of  FIG. 69 ). Accordingly, smooth disengagement of the driving shaft  70  can be performed. 
     Meanwhile, as a side surface (inclined surface, tapered surface)  857   c  other than a surface on which the void  857   a  is formed in the holding member  857  is separated from the rotating shaft  851 , the inclined surface (tapered surface)  857   c  is formed to approach the axis of the rotating shaft  851 . The inclined surface  857   c  acts similar to the inclined surface  757   b  of the holding member  757  which has already been described. 
     Returning to  FIG. 64 , the claw member  859  will be described. The claw member  859  is one member which configures the rotating force transmission member  854 , and is a member which is engaged with the driving shaft  70  provided in the apparatus main body  2 , and transmits the rotating force to the tip end member  855 .  FIG. 67  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 67A  is a perspective view of the claw member  859 .  FIG. 67B  is a front view of the claw member  859 .  FIG. 67C  is a sectional view from the arrow direction illustrated by C 67c -C 67c  in  FIG. 67B . 
     The claw member  859  includes two engagement claws  860 , and a linking piece  861  which links end portions of the two engagement claws  860  to each other. In addition, on a side opposite to two engagement claws  860  of the linking piece  861 , a holding projection  862  is provided at a position which is the center between the two engagement claws. 
     Two engagement claws  860  are members which stand in the same direction from both end portions of the linking piece  861 , and an interval between two engagement claws  860  is formed so that a tip end of the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  enters the interval, and the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  is hooked to the engagement claw  860 . In addition, in the aspect, two engagement claws  860  are formed to become narrower according to the separation from the linking piece  861  as can be ascertained from  FIG. 67B . More specifically, an opposing surface of two engagement claws  860  includes a surface of the linking piece  861 , and a recessed portion  859   a  is formed. In the aspect, an opposing surface of two engagement claws  860  is formed in an inclined shape (tapered shape) to be separated according to the separation from the linking piece  861 . 
     In addition, in two engagement claws  860 , the surfaces which are opposite to the recessed portion  859   a  are inclined surfaces  860   a  to approach each other according to the separation from the linking piece  861 . The inclined surface  860   a  acts similar to the inclined surface  760   a  of the engagement claw  760  which has already been described. 
     The holding projection  862  is a project which is disposed at a position which is the center between two engagement claws  860 , on a surface opposite to the engagement claw  860  of the linking piece  861 . The holding projection  862  is fixed to the claw member elastic member  764 . In the aspect, since the holding projection  862  is inserted and fixed to the inner side from the end portion of the claw member elastic member  764 , the holding projection  862  has the size by which insertion into the claw member elastic member  764  is possible. 
     In addition, in the holding projection  862 , holes  862   a  which penetrate the holding projection  762  are provided in the direction in which two engagement claws  860  are aligned, is provided. As will be described later, the pin  865  passes through the hole  862   a.    
     A shape of the hole  862   a  in the penetrating direction is illustrated in  FIG. 67C . As can be ascertained from the drawing, the hole  862   a  is the narrowest at the center in the penetrating direction, and the diameter of the hole expands (in a tapered shape) to be inclined so that the hole expands when approaching both ends in the penetrating direction across the entire circumference of the hole  862   a . Accordingly, smooth swing of the claw member  859  is achieved. 
     Here, in the claw member  859  which will be described later, the size (thickness) of the linking piece  861  illustrated by C in  FIG. 67C , is formed to be smaller than the narrowest width of the void  857   a  illustrated by D 3  in  FIG. 66B , from the viewpoint that the linking piece  861  swings being disposed on the inner side of the void  857   a  of the tip end member  855  illustrated in  FIG. 66B . In addition, the holding projection  862  is also formed to penetrate the void  857   a.    
     By combining the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  850  with each other as follows, the end member  830  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. Here, since the combination between the bearing member  740  and the rotating shaft  851  is the same as that in the example of the end member  730  which has already been described, the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The combination of the members with respect to the rotating shaft  851  in the shaft member  850  will be described.  FIG. 68  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 68A  is a sectional view along the axis of the shaft member  850  in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the pin  865 .  FIG. 68B  is a sectional view along the axis of the shaft member  850  in the direction along the axis of the pin  865 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 64A, 64B, 64A, and 68B , in the aspect, the claw member elastic member  764  is disposed on the inner side of the recessed portion  852   a  of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 . At this time, one end of the claw member elastic member  764  is fixed to be inserted into the projection  852   b.    
     In the aspect, the tip end member  855  is integrally formed on the end surface on the side on which the recessed portion  852   a  of the rotating shaft  851  is provided. However, the end surface is not necessarily integrated, may be formed separately and be bonded by adhering, welding, and other mechanical methods. 
     In addition, the holding projection  862  of the claw member  859  is inserted into the recessed portion  852   a  of the rotating shaft  851  through the void  857   a  between the holding members  857  of the tip end member  855 , and the linking piece  861  of the claw member  859  is disposed in the void  857   a  of the tip end member  855 . In addition, as the pin  865  passes through the long hole  852   d  of the rotating shaft  851  and the hole  862   a  of the holding projection  862 , the claw member  859  is linked to the rotating shaft  851 . 
     By the combination described above, axes of each of the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  850  are disposed to match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  830  combined as described above can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described.  FIG. 69  is a sectional view along the axis in one posture of the end member  830  of the aspect. 
     In the posture illustrated in  FIG. 69 , by the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , a posture in which the entire shaft member  850  protrudes the most from the bearing member  740  within a possible range, is achieved. When any external force is not applied to the shaft member  850 , the driving side end member  830  has this posture. 
     In this posture, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 69 , since the linking piece  861  of the claw member  859  is disposed on the inner side of the void  857   a  of the tip end member  855 , when the rotating force is applied to the engagement claw  860  of the claw member  859  as illustrated by Co. in  FIG. 69 , the claw member  859  is hooked to the holding member  857  of the tip end member  855 , or the pin  865  is hooked to the side surface of the hole  862   a , and the rotating force is transmitted. By any aspect, it is possible to appropriately set whether the rotating force is transmitted. In addition, the rotating force is transmitted to the rotating shaft  851 , and further, the projection  753  of the rotating shaft  851  presses the wall of the slit  748   a , and the rotating force is transmitted to the bearing member  740 . Therefore, the entire end member  830  rotates by the rotating force received by the engagement claw  860 . 
     In addition, as illustrated by an arrow C 69b  in  FIG. 69 , when the pressing force acts to the claw member  859  toward the bearing member  740  side in the axial direction, the pressing force is transmitted to the tip end member  855  and the rotating shaft  851 , and the entire shaft member  850  moves in the direction of being pressed to the bearing member  740  as illustrated by C 69c  in  FIG. 69  against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 . 
       FIG. 70  is an enlarged view illustrating the vicinity of the rotating force transmission member  854 .  FIG. 70A  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 68A .  FIG. 70B  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 68B . When the external force is not applied, the claw member  859  holds a basic posture illustrated in  FIGS. 70A and 70B  by the claw member elastic member  764 . 
     Meanwhile, as the external force is applied, swing around the pin  865  is possible as illustrated by an arrow C 70a  in  FIG. 70A  against an elastic force of the claw member elastic member  764 . 
     Furthermore, as the external force is applied, the claw member  859  can swing in all directions other that the swing around the pin  865  as illustrated by an arrow C 70c  in  FIG. 70B  against the elastic force of the claw member elastic member  764 . This is because the diameter of the hole  862   a  of the holding projection  862  expands (in a tapered shape) to be inclined in both end portions in the penetrating direction. 
     Therefore, the claw member  859  can swing in all directions around the axis. In addition, in the aspect, the claw member elastic member  764  may be an aspect of a compression spring, but not being limited thereto, may be an aspect of an extension spring. 
     As described above, since the end member  830  can swing and move similar to the above-described driving side end member  730 , the end member  830  acts similar to the end member  730 , and the effects are achieved. In addition, in the aspect, since the surfaces  857   b  and  857   d  which form the void  857   a  in the holding member  857  are inclined surfaces (tapered surfaces) as described above, the swing of the claw member  859  illustrated in  FIG. 70B  is unlikely to be interrupted, and is smoothly performed. Furthermore, from the posture in which the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2  is engaged with the shaft member  850 , since the tip end of the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  slides on the surfaces  857   b  and  857   d  when disengaging the driving shaft  70 , and the component of force which presses the shaft member  850  in the axial direction is generated, the shaft member  850  can be moved in the axial direction in the direction illustrated by the arrow C 69c  in  FIG. 69 . Accordingly, smooth disengagement of the driving shaft  70  can be performed. 
     Next, a tenth aspect will be described.  FIG. 71  is a view illustrating the tenth aspect.  FIG. 71  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 65 , and is an outer appearance perspective view of the rotating shaft  851  and the tip end member  955  disposed in the rotating shaft  851 . The aspect is an example in which the tip end member  955  is employed instead of the tip end member  855  of the driving side end member  830  which has already been described. Here, an aspect of the tip end member  955  will be described. Since the aspect regarding other parts is the same, the same reference numerals will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The tip end member  955  in the aspect, is configured to include two holding members  957  which are disposed on the end surface of the recessed portion  852   a  side of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 . 
     The holding members  957  are two members which are disposed on the end surface of the recessed portion  852   a  side of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 , and are disposed to include a predetermined void  957   a  nipping the axis of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 . Therefore, the recessed portion  852   a  of the main body  852  communicates with the inside and the outside via the void  957   a.    
     In addition, surfaces  957   b  and  957   d  which form a side wall of the void  957   a  of a holding member  957 , are inclined surfaces (tapered surfaces) to be separated from each other as being separated from the rotating shaft  851 . Here, among the surfaces  957   b  and  957   d , the surfaces  957   b  are planes which are disposed at each of both ends in the direction in which the void  957   a  extends, and the surfaces  957   d  are curved surfaces which are disposed between two surfaces  957   b  and have a shape of an arc in the aspect. In addition, in the aspect, the surface  957   d  is configured to have an area which is greater than that of the surface  857   d  provided in the tip end member  855  of the above-described ninth. 
     Meanwhile, a side surface other than a surface on which the void  957   a  of the holding member  957  is formed is separated from the rotating shaft  851 , and an inclined surface  957   c  (tapered surface) is formed to approach the axis of the rotating shaft  851 . The inclined surface  957   c  acts similar to the inclined surface  757   b  of the holding member  757  which has already been described. 
     Even the end member provided with the tip end member  955  acts similar to the driving side end member  830 . 
     Next, an eleventh aspect will be described.  FIGS. 72 and 73  are views illustrating the eleventh aspect.  FIG. 72  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 67 .  FIG. 72A  is a perspective view of a claw member  1059 .  FIG. 72B  is a front view of the claw member  1059 .  FIG. 72C  is a sectional view from the arrow direction illustrated by C 72c -C 72c  in  FIG. 72B . In addition,  FIG. 73  is a sectional view of a shaft member  1050 .  FIG. 73A  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the shaft member  1050  in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the pin  865 . FIG.  73 B is a sectional view along the axial direction of the shaft member  1050  in the direction along the axis of the pin  865 . 
     In the aspect, the shaft member  1050  includes the rotating shaft  851 , the tip end member  955 , the claw member  1059 , the claw member elastic member  764 , the rotating shaft elastic member  763  (not illustrated in  FIGS. 73A and 73B ), and the pin  865 . Here, since the aspect is similar to the aspect which has already been described except the claw member  1059 , the same reference numeral will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The claw member  1059  includes two engagement claws  860 , and the linking piece  861  which links end portions of the two engagement claws  860  to each other. In addition, on a side opposite to two engagement claws  860  of the linking piece  861 , a holding projection  1062  is provided at a position which is the center between the two engagement claws. Here, since the engagement claw  860  and the linking piece  861  are the same as those in the claw member  859 , here, the same reference numeral will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     In the aspect, the holding projection  1062  is a projection which is disposed at a position which is the center between two engagement claws  860 , on the surface opposite to the engagement claw  860  of the linking piece  861 . The holding projection  1062  of the aspect is a plate-like member of an aspect obtained by cutting the spherical body so as to have the same thickness as that of the linking piece  861 . Therefore, the circular outer circumference of the holding projection  1062  is a part of the spherical surface. In addition, the width (outer diameter of the holding projection  1062 ) of the holding projection  1062  illustrated by E in  FIG. 72B  is substantially the same as or slightly smaller than the diameter of the recessed portion  852   a  of the rotating shaft  851 . 
     The holding projection  1062  is fixed to one end of the claw member elastic member  764 . A fixing method is not particularly limited, but, for example, it is possible to provide a hole or a groove for fixing the claw member elastic member  764  to the holding projection  1062 , and to fix the end portion of the holding projection  1062  here. 
     In addition, in the holding projection  1062 , a hole  1062   a  which penetrates the holding projection  1062  in the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the two engagement claws  860  are aligned, is provided. The pin  865  passes through the hole  1062   a.    
     A shape of the hole  1062   a  in the penetrating direction is illustrated in  FIG. 72C . As can be ascertained from the drawing, the hole  1062   a  is the narrowest at the center in the penetrating direction, and the diameter of the hole expands to be inclined (tapered) so that the hole expands when approaching both ends in the penetrating direction across the entire circumference of the hole  1062   a . Accordingly, smooth swing of the claw member  1059  is achieved. 
     The shaft member  1050  which includes the above-described claw member  1059  is configured as follows. In addition, as the shaft member  1050  is combined with the bearing member  740 , the end member of the aspect is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     The combination of the members with respect to the rotating shaft  851  in the shaft member  1050  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 72, 73A , and  73 B, in the aspect, the claw member elastic member  764  is disposed on the inner side of the recessed portion  852   a  of the main body  852  of the rotating shaft  851 . At this time, one end of the claw member elastic member  764  is fixed to the bottom portion of the recessed portion  852   a.    
     In addition, the holding projection  1062  of the claw member  1059  is inserted into the recessed portion  852   a  of the rotating shaft  851  through the void  957   a  between the holding members  857  of the tip end member  855 , and the linking piece  861  of the claw member  1059  is disposed in the void  957   a  of the tip end member  955 . In addition, as the pin  865  passes through the hole  852   d  (in the aspect, not a long hole, but a circular hole is preferable) of the rotating shaft  851  and the hole  1062   a  of the holding projection  1062 , the claw member  1059  is linked to the rotating shaft  851 . At this time, the holding projection  1062  is fixed to the end portion of the claw member elastic member  764 . 
     Here, the claw member elastic member  764  may be any of the compression spring and the extension spring. In the aspect, an aspect of the compression spring is illustrated. However, since the extension spring is likely to maintain the claw member  1059  in the basic posture (posture illustrated in  FIGS. 73A and 73B ), it is preferable to use the extension spring. 
     By the combination described above, axes of each of the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  1050  are disposed to match each other. 
     According to the end member made by combining the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  1050  with each other, it is possible to transmit the rotating force according to the example in  FIG. 69 , and to move in the axial direction of the shaft member  1050 , the claw member  1059  can swing according to the example in  FIGS. 70A and 70B , and the end member acts similar to the end member of each of the above-described aspects. In addition, in the aspect, by an aspect of the holding projection  1062 , since the holding projection  1062  is unlikely to move in the recessed portion  852   a  of the rotating shaft  851 , the movement of the claw member  1059  in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the rotating shaft  851  is regulated, and the basic posture is likely to be maintained. In addition, since the outer circumferential surface of the holding projection  1062  is formed by a part of the spherical surface, the smooth swing is performed. 
     Next, a twelfth aspect will be described.  FIG. 74  is a view illustrating the twelfth aspect.  FIG. 74A  is a perspective view of a shaft member  1150  of an end member  1130  (refer to  FIG. 79 ) included in the twelfth aspect.  FIG. 74B  is an exploded perspective view of the shaft member  1150 . The end member  1130  included in the aspect has the same bearing member as the bearing member  740  with respect to the end member  730  which has already been described, and is an example in which the shaft member  1150  is employed instead of the shaft member  750 . Therefore, the configuration of the bearing member  740  will be given the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Hereinafter, the shaft member  1150  will be described. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 74A and 74B , the shaft member  1150  is provided with a rotating shaft  1151  and a rotating force transmission member  1154 , and the rotating force transmission member  1154  is configured to include a tip end member  1155  and a claw member  1159 . Furthermore, the shaft member  1150  is provided with the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , a claw member elastic member  1164 , and a pin  1165 . Any of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  and the claw member elastic member  1164  of the aspect is the coiled spring. 
     The rotating shaft  1151  is a shaft-shape member which transmits the rotating force received by the rotating force transmission member  1154  to the bearing member  740 .  FIG. 75  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  1151 .  FIG. 76A  is a plan view when viewed from a side on which the tip end member  1155  is disposed in the rotating shaft  1151 .  FIG. 76B  is a sectional view along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 76b -C 76b  in  FIG. 76A .  FIG. 76C  is a sectional view along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 76c -C 76c  in  FIG. 76A . In addition, in the aspect, since the tip end member  1155  is integrally disposed in one end portion of the rotating shaft  1151 , the tip end member  1155  is also illustrated in the drawings. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 75, 76A to 76C , the rotating shaft  1151  includes a cylindrical main body  1152 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 76B  and  76 C, on the cylindrical inner side, three spaces  1151   a ,  1151   b , and  1151   d  which have different inner diameters from each other are aligned in the axial direction. The space  1151   a  is provided in the end portion on the side on which the tip end member  1155  is disposed in the main body  1152 , the space  1151   d  is provided in the opposite end portion, and the space  1151   b  is disposed to pass through both spaces  1151   a  and  1151   d . In the aspect, since the inner diameter of the space  1151   b  is the smallest, a step is generated based on a difference in inner diameters, in a linking portion between the space  1151   a  and the space  1151   b , and in a linking portion between the space  1151   d  and the space  1151   b , respectively. 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 76C , the space  1151   a  is provided with an undercut portion  1151   e  which is a part inclined in the direction of slightly nipping an opening in an opening portion on the end surface side of the rotating shaft  1151 . The undercut portion  1151   e  functions as a so-called snap-fit projected portion which is formed so that a holding projection  1162  (refer to  FIG. 77 ) which is a sphere of the claw member  1159  which will be described later, does not fall out of the space  1151   a . Therefore, the opening portion of the space  1151   a  is formed to be narrower than the diameter of the holding projection  1162 . In the aspect, the undercut portion  1151   e  is formed of the inclined surface, but instead of this, an aspect in which a projection protrudes may be employed. 
     Two projections  753  are disposed in the end portion on the side where the space  1151   d  is disposed in the outer circumferential portion of the main body  1152 . Two projections  753  are the same as the projections  753  provided in the main body  752  of the end member  730  which has already been described. 
     In addition, in the tubular wall portion of the main body  1152 , in the end portion on a side on which the space  1151   d  is disposed, a slit  1151   c  which extends in the axial direction between two projections  753  and penetrates the inside and the outside of the main body  1152 , is provided. In the slit  1151   c , an end portion on one side in the direction in which the slit extends is opened on an end surface of the main body  1152 , and the end portion opposite to the opening reaches the middle part of the space  1151   b.    
     The tip end member  1155  is one member which configures the rotating force transmission member  1154 , and transmits the rotating force from the claw member  1159  to the rotating shaft  1151 .  FIGS. 75 and 76A to 76C  illustrate the shape of the tip end member  1155 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 74, 75, and 76A to 76C , the tip end member  1155  in the aspect is configured to include two holding members  1157  which are provided on the end surface on which the space  1151   a  of the main body  1152  of the rotating shaft  1151  is disposed. 
     The holding members  1157  are two members which are provided on an end surface on the side on which the space  1151   a  of the main body  1152  of the rotating shaft  1151  is disposed, and are disposed to have a predetermined void  1157   a  nipping the axis of the main body  1152  of the rotating shaft  1151 . Therefore, the space  1151   a  of the main body  1152  communicates with the inside and the outside via the void  1157   a.    
     In addition, surfaces  1157   b  and  1157   d  which form a side wall of the void  1157   a  of a holding member  1157 , are inclined surfaces (tapered surfaces) to be separated from each other as being separated from the rotating shaft  1151 . Here, among the surfaces  1157   b  and  1157   d , the surfaces  1157   b  are planes which are disposed at each of both ends in the direction in which the void  1157   a  extends, and the surfaces  1157   d  are curved surfaces which are disposed between two surfaces  1157   b  and have a shape of an arc in the aspect. In the aspect, similar to the holding member  957  (refer to  FIG. 71 ) which has already been described, the surface  1157   d  is formed to be large. 
     In this manner, as the surfaces  1157   b  and  1157   d  are inclined surfaces, as will be described later, swing of the claw member  1159  is unlikely to be interrupted, and is smoothly performed (refer to  FIG. 80B ). Furthermore, from the posture in which the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2  is engaged with the shaft member  1150 , since the tip end of the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  slides on the surfaces  1157   b  and  1157   d  when disengaging the driving shaft  70 , and the component of force which presses the shaft member  850  in the axial direction is generated, the shaft member  1150  can be moved in the axial direction (direction illustrated by an arrow C 79c  of  FIG. 79 ). Accordingly, smooth engagement of the driving shaft  70  can be performed. 
     Meanwhile, as a side surface other than a surface on which the void  1157   a  is formed in the holding member  1157  is separated from the rotating shaft  1151 , the inclined surface (tapered surface)  1157   c  is formed to approach the axis of the rotating shaft  1151 . The inclined surface  1157   c  acts similar to the inclined surface  757   b  of the holding member  757  which has already been described. 
     Returning to  FIG. 74 , the claw member  1159  will be described. The claw member  1159  is one member which configures the rotating force transmission member  1154 , and is a member which is engaged with the driving shaft  70  provided in the apparatus main body  2 , and transmits the rotating force to the tip end member  1155 .  FIG. 77  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 77A  is a perspective view of the claw member  1159 .  FIG. 77B  is another perspective view of the claw member  1159  when viewed from a side opposite to  FIG. 77A .  FIG. 77C  is a front view of the claw member  1159 . 
     The claw member  1159  includes two engagement claws  1160 , and a linking piece  1161  which links end portions of the two engagement claws  1160  to each other. In addition, on a side opposite to two engagement claws  1160  of the linking piece  1161 , a holding projection  1162  is provided at a position which is the center between the two engagement claws. 
     Two engagement claws  1160  are members which stand in the same direction from both end portions of the linking piece  1161 , and an interval between two engagement claws  1160  is formed so that a tip end of the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  enters the interval, and the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  is hooked to the engagement claw  1160 . In addition, in the aspect, two engagement claws  1160  are formed to become narrower according to the separation from the linking piece  1161  as can be ascertained from  FIG. 77C . More specifically, an opposing surface of two engagement claws  1160  includes a surface of the linking piece  1161 , and a recessed portion  1159   a  is formed. In the aspect, an opposing surface of two engagement claws  1160  is formed in an inclined shape (tapered shape) to be separated according to the separation from the linking piece  1161 . 
     In addition, in two engagement claws  1160 , the surface which is opposite to the recessed portion  1159   a  are inclined surfaces  1160   a  to approach each other according to the separation from the linking piece  1161 . The inclined surface  1160   a  acts similar to the inclined surface  760   a  of the engagement claw  760  which has already been described. 
     The holding projection  1162  is a projection which is disposed at a position which is the center between two engagement claws  1160 , on the surface opposite to the engagement claw  1160  of the linking piece  1161 . The holding projection  1162  of the aspect is a spherical member. In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 77B , a hole  1162   a  is formed at a part opposite to the side on which the linking piece  1161  is disposed in the holding projection  1162 . As will be described later, the claw member elastic member  1164  is fixed to the hole  1162   a.    
     Here, in the claw member  1159 , the size (thickness) of the linking piece  1161  illustrated by F in  FIG. 77A , is formed to be smaller than the narrowest part of the void  1157   a , from the viewpoint that the linking piece  1161  swings being disposed on the inner side of the void  1157   a  of the tip end member  1155 . In addition, in the holding projection  1162 , the spherical diameter is smaller than the void  1157   a , and is substantially the same as or slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the space  1151   a  formed in the main body  1152  of the rotating shaft  1151 . However, as described above, the undercut portion  1151   e  (or a projection) is formed in the opening portion on the side on which the holding projection  1162  is inserted in the space  1151   a  of the rotating shaft  1151 , and functions as a falling prevention member. Therefore, the spherical diameter of the holding projection  1162  is greater than the opening portion in which the undercut portion  1151   e  is formed. 
     By combining the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  1150  with each other as follows, the end member  1130  (refer to  FIG. 79 ) is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. Here, since the combination between the bearing member  740  and the rotating shaft  1151  is the same as that in the example of the end member  730 , the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The combination of the members with respect to the rotating shaft  1151  in the shaft member  1150  will be described.  FIG. 78  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 78A  is a sectional view along the axis of the shaft member  1150  in the direction in which the engagement claws  1160  are aligned.  FIG. 78B  is a sectional view along the axis of the shaft member  1150  in the direction orthogonal thereto. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 74A, 74B, 78A, and 78B , in the aspect, the claw member elastic member  1164  is disposed in the space  1151   b  of the main body  1152  of the rotating shaft  1151 . At this time, in the claw member elastic member  1164 , the pin  1165  is attached to an end portion on the space  1151   d  side, and the pin  1165  is hooked to the step which is formed by the space  1151   b  and the space  1151   d  in the main body  1152 . Accordingly, the claw member elastic member  1164  is held on the inner side of the main body  1152 . In addition, when the end portion of the claw member elastic member  1164  and the pin  1165  are attached to each other, it is possible to insert a tool into the main body  1152  from the slit  1151   c  for appropriately fixing the end portion of the claw member elastic member  1164  to the pin  1165 , and the assembly is easily performed. Here, the claw member elastic member  1164  may be any of the compression spring and the extension spring, but in the aspect, an aspect of the extension spring is illustrated. Since the extension spring is likely to maintain the claw member  1159  in the basic posture (posture illustrated in  FIGS. 78A and 78B ), it is preferable to use the extension spring. 
     Meanwhile, the claw member  1159  is inserted from the side on which the tip end member  1155  is disposed, in the main body  1152  of the rotating shaft  1151 . In other words, the holding projection  1162  of the claw member  1159  is inserted into the space  1151   a  of the rotating shaft  1151  through the void  1157   a  between the holding members  1157  of the tip end member  1155 , and the linking piece  1161  of the claw member  1159  is disposed in the void  1157   a  of the tip end member  1155 . In addition, the holding projection  1162  of the claw member  1159  is fixed to one end of the claw member elastic member  1164  by the hole  1162   a  provided here. At this time, since the undercut portion  1151   e  is formed in the opening portion of the space  1151   a , by slightly pushing the claw member  1159 , the holding projection  1162  is disposed in the space  1151   a . When the holding projection  1162  enters the space  1151   a , the holding projection  1162  does not fall out of the space  1151   a  by the undercut portion  1151   e  in a normal use. 
     By the combination described above, axes of each of the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  1150  are disposed to match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  1130  combined as described above can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described.  FIG. 79  is a sectional view along the axis in one posture of the end member  1130  of the aspect. 
     In the posture illustrated in  FIG. 79 , by the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , a posture in which the entire shaft member  1150  protrudes the most from the bearing member  740  within a possible range, is achieved. When any external force is not applied to the shaft member  1150 , the end member  1130  has this posture. 
     In this posture, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 79 , since the linking piece  1161  of the claw member  1159  is disposed on the inner side of the void  1157   a  of the tip end member  1155 , when the rotating force is applied to the engagement claw  1160  of the claw member  1159  as illustrated by C 79a  in  FIG. 79 , the claw member  1159  is hooked to the holding member  1157  of the tip end member  1155 , and the rotating force is transmitted. In addition, the rotating force is transmitted to the rotating shaft  1151 , and further, the projection  753  of the rotating shaft  1151  presses the slit wall of the slit  748   a , and the rotating force is transmitted to the bearing member  740 . Therefore, the entire end member  1130  rotates by the rotating force received by the engagement claw  1160 . 
     In addition, as illustrated by an arrow C 79b  in  FIG. 79 , when the pressing force acts toward the bearing member  740  side in the axial direction in the claw member  1159 , the claw member  1159  presses the tip end member  1155 , and further, this is transmitted to the rotating shaft  1151 , the entire shaft member  1150  moves in the direction of being pressed to the bearing member  740  as illustrated by C 79c  in  FIG. 79  against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 . 
       FIG. 80  is an enlarged view illustrating the vicinity of the rotating force transmission member  1154 .  FIG. 80A  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 78A .  FIG. 80B  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 78B . When the external force is not applied, the claw member  1159  holds a basic posture illustrated in  FIGS. 80A and 80B  by the claw member elastic member  1164 . 
     Meanwhile, as the external force is applied, swing around the spherical holding projection  1162  is possible as illustrated by an arrow C 80a  in  FIG. 80A  against the elastic force of the claw member elastic member  1164 . At this time, since the holding projection  1162  is spherical, and the diameter of the holding projection  1162  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the space  1151   a  in which the holding projection  1162  is disposed, rattling is suppressed and smooth swing is possible. 
     Furthermore, as the external force is applied, the claw member  1159  can swing in all directions other that the swing around the spherical holding projection  1162  as illustrated by an arrow C 80c  in  FIG. 80B  against the elastic force of the claw member elastic member  1164 . At this time, when the holding projection  1162  is spherical, since the diameter of the holding projection  1162  is formed to be substantially the same as the inner diameter of the space  1151   a  in which the holding projection  1162  is disposed, rattling is suppressed and smooth swing is possible. 
     Therefore, the claw member  1159  can swing in all directions around the axis. 
     As described above, since the end member  1130  can swing and move similar to the above-described driving side end member  730 , the end member  1130  acts similar to the end member  730 , and the effects are achieved. 
     In addition, in the aspect, since the holding projection  1162  is formed in a spherical shape, rattling is suppressed and smooth swing is possible. 
     Next, a thirteenth aspect will be described.  FIG. 81  is a view illustrating the thirteenth aspect.  FIG. 81A  is a perspective view of a shaft member  1250  in an end member  1230  (refer to  FIG. 85 ) included in the thirteenth aspect.  FIG. 81B  is an exploded perspective view of the shaft member  1250 . The aspect is an example in which the end member  1230  included in the aspect is the same as the bearing member  740  of the driving side end member  730  which has already been described, and the shaft member  1250  is employed instead of the shaft member  750 . Therefore, regarding the configuration of the bearing member  740 , the same reference numerals will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. Hereinafter, the shaft member  1250  will be described. 
     As can be illustrated in  FIGS. 81A and 81B , the shaft member  1250  is provided with a rotating shaft  1251  and a rotating force transmission member  1254 , and in the aspect, the rotating force transmission member  1254  is configured of a claw member  1259 . Furthermore, the shaft member  1250  is provided with the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , the claw member elastic member  1164 , and a pin  1165 . The rotating shaft elastic member  763 , the claw member elastic member  1164 , and the pin  1165 , are the same as those in the shaft member  1150  described in the twelfth aspect. 
     The rotating shaft  1251  is a shaft-shape member which transmits the rotating force received by the rotating force transmission member  1254  to the bearing member  740 .  FIG. 82A  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  1251 .  FIG. 82B  is a plan view when viewed from a side on which the claw member  1259  is disposed in the rotating shaft  1151 .  FIG. 82C  is a sectional view along the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 82c -C 82c  in  FIG. 82B . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 82A to 82C , the rotating shaft  1251  includes a cylindrical main body  1252 . As illustrated in  FIG. 82C , on the cylindrical inner side, three spaces  1251   a ,  1251   b , and  1251   d  which have different inner diameters from each other are aligned in the axial direction. The space  1251   a  is provided in the end portion on the side on which the claw member  1259  is disposed in the main body  1252 , the space  1251   d  is provided in the opposite end portion, and the space  1251   b  is disposed to pass through both spaces  1251   a  and  1251   d . In the aspect, since the inner diameter of the space  1251   b  is the smallest, a step is generated based on a difference in inner diameters, in a linking portion between the space  1251   a  and the space  1251   b , and in a linking portion between the space  1251   d  and the space  1251   b , respectively. 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 82B and 82C , the space  1251   a  is provided with an undercut portion  1251   e  which is a part inclined in the direction of slightly nipping the opening in an opening portion on the end surface side of the rotating shaft  1251 . The undercut portion  1251   e  functions as a so-called snap-fit projected portion formed so that a holding projection  1262  (refer to  FIG. 83 ) which is a sphere of the claw member  1259  which will be described later, does not fall out of the space  1251   a . Therefore, the opening portion of the space  1251   a  is formed to be narrower than the diameter of the holding projection  1262 . In the aspect, the undercut portion  1251   e  is formed of the inclined surface, but instead of this, an aspect in which a projection protrudes may be employed. 
     Two projections  753  are disposed in the end portion on the side where the space  1251   d  is disposed in the outer circumferential portion of the main body  1252 . Two projections  753  are the same as the projections  753  provided in the main body  752  of the end member  730  which has already been described. 
     In addition, in the tubular wall portion of the main body  1252 , in the end portion on a side on which the space  1251   d  is disposed, a slit  1251   c  which extends in the axial direction between two projections  753  and penetrates the inside and the outside of the main body  1252 , is provided. In the slit  1251   c , an end portion on one side in the direction in which the slit extends is opened on an end surface of the main body  1252 , and the end portion opposite to the opening reaches the middle part of the space  1251   b.    
     Furthermore, in the tubular wall portion of the main body  1252 , two slits  1251   f  nip the axis and are disposed to face each other in the end portion on the side on which the space  1251   a  is disposed. The slit  1251   f  is a slit which extends in the axial direction of the main body  1252 , and penetrates the inside and the outside of the main body  1252 , the end portion on one side in the direction in which the slit  1251   f  extends is opened on the end surface of the main body  1252 , and the end portion opposite to the opening has already reached the end portion in the axial direction of the space  1251   a.    
     Returning to  FIGS. 81A and 81B , the claw member  1259  will be described. The claw member  1259  is a member which configures the rotating force transmission member  1254 , and is a member which is engaged with the driving shaft  70  provided in the apparatus main body  2 , and transmits the rotating force to the rotating shaft  1251 .  FIG. 83  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 83A  is a perspective view of the claw member  1259 .  FIG. 83B  is another perspective view of the claw member  1259  when viewed from the side opposite to  FIG. 83A .  FIG. 83C  is a front view of the claw member  1259 . 
     The claw member  1259  includes two engagement claws  1260 , and a disk-like linking piece  1261  which includes, and the disk-like linking piece  1261  which links end portions of the two engagement claws  1260  to each other. In addition, on a side opposite to the engagement claws  1260  of the linking piece  1261 , a holding projection  1262  is provided at the center of the disk-like linking piece  1261 . 
     Two engagement claws  1260  are members which stand in the same direction from an edge of a surface on one side of the disk-like linking piece  1261 , and forms a wall curved in a shape of an arc. Therefore, a container-like recessed portion  1259   a  which is surrounded by considering the linking piece  1261  as a bottom portion and two engagement claws  1260  as walls, is formed. In addition, a void  1259   b  is formed between end portions of two engagement claws  1260 . The tip end of the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  enters the recessed portion  1259   a , and the shape by which the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  can be disposed in the void  1259   b , is formed. 
     In addition, in the aspect, two engagement claws  1260  are inclined to be separated from each other according to the separation from the linking piece  1261  with respect to the surface (inner surface) on the recessed portion  1259   a  side, and are formed so that the diameter becomes greater according to the separation from the linking piece  1261 . Meanwhile, in two engagement claws  1260 , the outer circumferential surface which is opposite to the recessed portion  1259   a  are inclined surfaces  1260   a  to approach each other according to the separation from the linking piece  1261 . The inclined surface  1260   a  acts similar to the inclined surface  760   a  of the engagement claw  760  which has already been described. 
     On the surface opposite to the engagement claw  1260  in the linking piece  1261 , the holding projection  1262  is a projection which is disposed at a position which is the center of the disk-like linking piece  1261 . In the aspect, the holding projection  1262  is a spherical member. In addition, two regulation projections  1263  protrude from a surface of the holding projection  1262  on one diameter of a sphere in the holding projection  1262 . It is preferable that the diameter of the sphere in which the regulation projection  1263  is in parallel (in the aspect) in the direction which is orthogonal to the axis of the end member  1230  and in which two voids  1259   b  are aligned, or in the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the voids  1259   b  are aligned. The regulation projection  1263  is disposed on the inner side of the slit  1251   f  of the above-described rotating shaft  1251 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 83B , a hole  1262   a  is formed at a part opposite to the side on which the linking piece  1261  is disposed in the holding projection  1262 . As will be described later, a claw member elastic member  1264  is fixed to the hole  1262   a.    
     Here, as will be described later, the diameter of the sphere of the holding projection  1262  of the claw member  1259  is substantially the same as or slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the space  1251   a  formed in the main body  1252  of the rotating shaft  1251 . However, as described above, the undercut portion  1251   e  (or a projection) is formed in the opening portion on the side on which the holding projection  1262  is inserted in the space  1251   a  of the rotating shaft  1251 , and functions as a falling prevention member. Therefore, the spherical diameter of the holding projection  1262  is greater than the opening portion in which the undercut portion  1251   e  is formed. 
     By combining the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  1250  with each other as follows, the end member  1230  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. Here, since the combination between the bearing member  740  and the rotating shaft  1251  is the same as that in the example of the end member  730 , the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The combination of the members with respect to the rotating shaft  1251  in the shaft member  1250  will be described.  FIG. 84  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 84A  is a sectional view along the axis of the shaft member  1250  in the direction in which the engagement claws  1260  are aligned, in a section orthogonal to the diameter direction of the holding projection  1262  including two regulation projections  1263 .  FIG. 84B  is a sectional view along the axis of the shaft member  1250  in the direction in which the voids  1259   b  are aligned, in the section along the diameter direction of the holding projection  1262  including two regulation projections  1263 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 81A, 81B, 84A, and 84B , in the aspect, the claw member elastic member  1164  is disposed in the space  1251   b  of the main body  1252  of the rotating shaft  1251 . At this time, in the claw member elastic member  1164 , the pin  1165  is attached to the end portion on the space  1251   d  side, and the pin  1165  is hooked to the step which is formed by the space  1151   b  and the space  1151   d  in the main body  1252 . Accordingly, the claw member elastic member  1164  is held on the inner side of the main body  1252 . In addition, when the end portion of the claw member elastic member  1164  and the pin  1165  are attached to each other, it is possible to insert a tool into the main body  1252  from the slit  1251   c  for appropriately fixing the end portion of the claw member elastic member  1164  to the pin  1165 , and the assembly is easily performed. Here, the claw member elastic member  1164  may be any of the compression spring and the extension spring. In the aspect, an aspect of the extension spring is illustrated. Since the extension spring is likely to maintain the claw member  1259  in the basic posture (posture illustrated in  FIGS. 84A and 84B ), it is preferable to use the extension spring. 
     Meanwhile, the claw member  1259  is inserted from the side on which the space  1251   a  is disposed, in the main body  1252  of the rotating shaft  1251 . In other words, the holding projection  1262  of the claw member  1259  is inserted into the space  1251   a  of the rotating shaft  1251 . At this time, the regulation projection  1263  is disposed on the inner side of the slit  1251   f  of the main body  1252 . In addition, the holding projection  1162  of the claw member  1259  is fixed to one end of the claw member elastic member  1164  by the hole  1262   a  provided here. At this time, since the undercut portion  1251   e  is formed in the opening portion of the space  1251   a , by slightly pushing the claw member  1259 , the holding projection  1262  is disposed in the rotating shaft  1251 . When the holding projection  1162  enters the space  1251   a , the holding projection  1262  does not fall out of the space  1251   a  by the undercut portion  1251   e  in a normal use. 
     By the combination described above, axes of each of the bearing member  740  and the shaft member  1250  are disposed to match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  1230  can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described.  FIG. 85  is a sectional view along the axis in one posture of the end member  1230  of the aspect. 
     In the posture illustrated in  FIG. 85 , by the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , a posture in which the entire shaft member  1250  protrudes the most from the bearing member  740  within a possible range, is achieved. When any external force is not applied to the shaft member  1250 , the end member  1230  has this basic posture. 
     In this posture, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 85 , since the regulation projection  1263  of the claw member  1259  is disposed on the inner side of the slit  1251   f  of the rotating shaft  1251 , when the rotating force is applied to the engagement claw  1260  of the claw member  1259  as illustrated by C 85a  in  FIG. 85 , the regulation projection  1263  of the claw member  1259  is hooked to the side surface of the slit  1251   f  of the rotating shaft  1251 , and the rotating force is transmitted. In addition, the projection  753  of the rotating shaft  1251  presses the slit wall of the slit  748   a , and the rotating force is transmitted to the bearing member  740 . Therefore, the entire end member  1230  rotates by the rotating force received by the engagement claw  1260 . 
     In addition, as illustrated by an arrow C 85b  in  FIG. 85 , when the pressing force acts toward the bearing member  740  side in the axial direction in the claw member  1259 , the claw member  1259  presses the rotating shaft  1251 , and the entire shaft member  1250  moves in the direction of being pressed to the bearing member  740  as illustrated by C 85c  in  FIG. 85  against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 . 
       FIG. 86  is a view illustrating the vicinity of the rotating force transmission member  1254 .  FIG. 86A  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 84A .  FIG. 86B  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 84B . When the external force is not applied, the claw member  1259  holds a basic posture illustrated in  FIGS. 86A and 86B  by the claw member elastic member  1164 . 
     Meanwhile, as the external force is applied, the claw member  1259  swings around the axis of the regulation projection  1263  as illustrated by an arrow C 86a  in  FIG. 86A  against the elastic force of the claw member elastic member  1164 . At this time, since the regulation projection  1263  is disposed in the slit of the rotating shaft  1251 , rattling is suppressed and smooth swing is possible. 
     Furthermore, as the external force is applied, the claw member  1259  can also swing around the spherical holding projection  1262  on the surface on which the regulation projection  1263  moves within the slit  1251   f , as illustrated by an arrow C 86b  in  FIG. 86B  against the elastic force of the claw member elastic member  1164 . At this time, since the holding projection  1262  is spherical, and the diameter of the holding projection  1262  is formed to be substantially the same as the inner diameter of the space  1251   a  in which the holding projection  1262  is disposed, rattling is suppressed and smooth swing is possible. 
     Therefore, the claw member  1259  can swing in all directions. 
     Next, a fourteenth aspect will be described.  FIG. 87  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  1330  included in the fourteenth aspect.  FIG. 88  is an exploded perspective view along the axis of the end member  1330 . The end member  1330  is provided with a bearing member  1340  and a shaft member  1350 . 
     The bearing member  1340  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  1330 .  FIG. 89  is a perspective view of a main body  1341  of the bearing member  1340 .  FIG. 88  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the bearing member  1340 . 
     The bearing member  1340  includes the main body  1341  and a rotating shaft holding member  1346 , and as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 87 to 89 , the main body  1341  includes the tubular body  741 , the fitting portion  743 , the gear portion  744 , and a shaft member holding portion  1345 . 
     Since the tubular body  741 , the fitting portion  743 , and the gear portion  744  are similar to those of the above-described end member  730 , the same reference numerals will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The shaft member holding portion  1345  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  741 , and which has a function of holding the shaft member  1350  in the bearing member  1340 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 87 to 88 , the shaft member holding portion  1345  includes the rotating shaft holding member  1346 , a support member  1347 , and a guide wall  1348 . 
     The rotating shaft holding member  1346  is a plate-like member which is formed to block the inner side of the tubular body  741 , but is formed in a shape of a lid which is attachable to and detachable from the main body  1341  in the aspect.  FIG. 90A  is one perspective view of the rotating shaft holding member  1346 .  FIG. 90B  is a perspective view when viewed from a surface side opposite to  FIG. 90A . 
     In the rotating shaft holding member  1346 , a hole  1346   a  which is coaxial to the axis of the tubular body  741  is formed in a posture of being mounted on the main body  1341 . Since the hole  1346   a  penetrates a rotating shaft  1351  as will be described later, the rotating shaft  1351  has the size and the shape by which the rotating shaft  1351  can penetrate. However, in order to prevent the rotating shaft  1351  from falling out, the hole  1346   a  can penetrate a main body  1352  of the rotating shaft  1351 , but cannot penetrate a part on which a projection  1353  is disposed. In addition, from the viewpoint of stabilized movement of the rotating shaft  1351 , it is preferable that the hole  1346   a  has the shape and the size which are substantially the same as the outer circumference of the main body  1352  of the rotating shaft  1351  within a range in which the hole  1346   a  does not interrupt the movement of the rotating shaft  1351  in the axial direction. 
     In addition, in the aspect, since the rotating shaft holding member  1346  is an aspect which is attachable to and detachable from the main body  1341 , a claw  1346   b  which is engaged with the main body  1341  is provided. However, the aspect for attaching the rotating shaft holding member to the main body is not limited thereto, and adhering by the adhesive, or fusion by heat or ultrasonic wave, can be employed. 
     The support member  1347  is a plate-like member which is provided further on the fitting portion  743  side than the rotating shaft holding member  1346 , and is formed to block at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  741 . The support member  1347  is formed in the size and the shape by which at least the rotating shaft elastic member  763  which will be described later can be supported. In addition, in the support member  1347  in the aspect, a hole  1347   a  through which an elastic member holding projection  1353   a  provided in the rotating shaft  1351  penetrates, is formed. 
     The guide wall  1348  is a tubular member which extends in parallel to the axial direction of the tubular body  741  on the side opposite to the fitting portion  743  from the support member  1347 . In the aspect, the sectional shape of a space  1348   a  which is formed on the inner side surrounded by the guide wall  1348 , is substantially triangular (top point takes R in a shape of an arc) as can be ascertained from  FIG. 89 , and is substantially the same as the shape of the projection  1353  of the rotating shaft  1351 . Therefore, the space  1348   a  surrounded by the guide wall  1348  has a shape of a triangular prism which considers the direction along the axis of the bearing member  1340  as the height direction. 
     A material which configures the bearing member  1340  is not particularly limited, but it is possible to use a material similar to that of the above-described bearing member  740 . 
     Returning to  FIGS. 87 and 88 , the shaft member  1350  of the end member  1330  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 88 , the shaft member  1350  is provided with the rotating shaft  1351  and a rotating force transmission member  1354 , and the rotating force transmission member  1354  is configured to include a tip end member  1355  and a claw member  1359 . In the aspect, the tip end member  1355  and the claw member  1359  are integrally formed. 
     Furthermore, the shaft member  1350  is provided with the rotating shaft elastic member  763  and the claw member elastic member  764 . Any of the rotating shaft elastic member  763  and the claw member elastic member  764  in the aspect is a coiled spring. 
     Hereinafter, each of the members will be described. 
     The rotating shaft  1351  is a shaft-shape member which transmits the rotating force received by the rotating force transmission member  1354  to the bearing member  1340 .  FIG. 91A  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  1351 .  FIG. 91B  is a plan view of the rotating shaft when viewed from the direction illustrated by L 1  in  FIG. 91A . In addition,  FIG. 88  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the rotating shaft  1351 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 88, 91A, and 91B , the rotating shaft  1351  includes the cylindrical main body  1352 , and cutouts  1352   a  at two locations at a predetermined width in the direction along the axis from the end portion on one side in the direction along the axis, in the cylindrical wall portion. In the aspect, the cutout  1352   a  is rectangular in a side view, and the width thereof is the size having 90° of a center angle in a plan view as illustrated by L 2  in  FIG. 91B . Therefore, in the aspect, two cutouts  1352   a  which have the width which is the size having 90° of the center angle, are provided to face each other nipping the axis. In addition, the size in the direction along the axis of the cutout  1352   a  illustrated by L 3  in  FIG. 91A , is a substantial half of the length in the direction along the axis of the main body  1352  in the aspect. Accordingly, a projected portion  1352   b  which is the rest of a wall portion of the main body  1352  is formed between two cutouts  1352   a.    
     One end side of the claw member elastic member  764  is inserted into the tubular inner side of the main body  1352 . 
     Among the end portions of the main body  1352 , in the end portion opposite to the end portion on a side on which the cutout  1352   a  and the projected portion  1352   b  are formed, the projection  1353  is disposed. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 91B , in the projection  1353 , in a plan view of the rotating shaft  1351 , a part which protrudes toward the outside from the main body  1352  is formed. In the aspect, the projection  1353  is a substantially triangular (top point takes R in a shape of an arc) plate-like member, and is substantially the same as the sectional view of the space  1348   a  surrounded by the guide wall  1348  of the above-described bearing member  1340  (refer to  FIG. 89 ). In addition, the thickness of the projection  1353  illustrated by L 4  in  FIG. 91A , is thinner than the length in the direction along the axis of the guide wall  1348 . Accordingly, when the projection  1353  is disposed in the space surrounded by the guide wall  1348 , movement in the direction along the axis of the rotating shaft  1351  is possible, and the rotating force is transmitted to the bearing member  1340  from the rotating shaft  1351  with respect to the rotation around the axis. 
     Furthermore, in the aspect, in the projection  1353 , on the surface opposite to the side on which the main body  1352  is disposed, the columnar elastic member holding projection  1353   a  extends. As will be described later, the elastic member holding projection  1353   a  penetrates the inner side of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , and further, a tip end thereof passes through the hole  1347   a  of the support member  1347 . Accordingly, stability of the movement in the direction along the axis of the rotating shaft  1351  is improved. 
     It is preferable that the axis of the above-described main body  1352 , the center of gravity of the projection  1353 , and the axis of the elastic member holding projection  1353   a , are disposed coaxially. 
     Returning to  FIGS. 87 and 88 , other members will be continuously described. In the aspect, the rotating force transmission member  1354  is integrally configured with the tip end member  1355  and the claw member  1359 . The tip end member  1355  is a member which holds an engagement claw  1360  (in the aspect, the claw member  1359  is configured only of the engagement claw  1360 ) to be swingable, and transmits the rotating force from the engagement claw  1360  to the rotating shaft  1351 .  FIG. 92A  is a perspective view of the rotating force transmission member  1354 .  FIG. 92B  is a bottom view of the rotating force transmission member  1354  when viewed from the side opposite to the side on which the engagement claw  1360  is disposed. In addition,  FIG. 88  is a sectional view along the axis of the rotating force transmission member  1354 . 
     As can be ascertained from the drawings, the tip end member  1355  is configured to include a disk-like base portion  1356  and a rotating shaft linking portion  1357  which extends on one surface of the base portion  1356 . 
     In the aspect, the base portion  1356  has a shape of a disk, and a recessed portion  1356   a  is provided at the center of the surface opposite to the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  on the plate surface. A tip end part of the above-described driving shaft  70  is disposed in the recessed portion  1356   a.    
     In addition, on the outer circumferential surface of the base portion  1356 , an inclined surface  1356   b  is formed so that the diameter becomes smaller according to the separation from the rotating shaft linking portion  1357 . The inclined surface acts similar to the inclined surface  757   b  of the above-described holding member  757 . 
     The rotating shaft linking portion  1357  is a cylindrical part which extends from the surface opposite to the recessed portion  1356   a  in the base portion  1356 , and the center shaft of the base portion  1356  and the axis of the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  are formed coaxially. In addition, the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  is provided with cutouts  1357   a  at two locations at a predetermined width in the direction along the axis from the end portion on the side opposite to the base portion  1356 , in the cylindrical wall portion. In the aspect, the cutout  1357   a  is rectangular in a side view, and the width thereof is the size having 90° of a center angle in a plan view as illustrated by L 5  in  FIG. 92B . Therefore, in the aspect, two cutouts  1357   a  which have the width which is the size having 90° of the center angle, are provided to face each other nipping the axis. In addition, the size in the direction along the axis of the cutout  1357   a  illustrated by L 6  in  FIG. 92A , is the same as the size (L 3  in  FIG. 91A ) of the cutout  1352   a  provided in the main body  1352  of the above-described rotating shaft  1351  in the aspect. Accordingly, a projected portion  1357   b  which is the rest of a wall portion of the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  is formed between two cutouts  1357   a.    
     One end side of the claw member elastic member  764  is inserted into the tubular inner side of the rotating shaft linking portion  1357 . 
     In addition, as will be described later, as the projected portion  1352   b  of the main body  1352  of the above-described rotating shaft  1351  is inserted into the cutout  1357   a  of the rotating shaft linking portion  1357 , and the projected portion  1357   b  of the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  is inserted into the cutout  1352   a  provided in the main body  1352  of the rotating shaft  1351 , the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  and the rotating shaft  1351  are linked to each other. Therefore, the outer diameter and the inner diameter of both cylinders can be linked to each other in this manner. 
     The claw member  1359  is a member which is engaged with the driving shaft  70  provided in the apparatus main body  2 , and transmits the rotating force to the tip end member  1355 . 
     In the aspect, the claw member  1359  is made of two engagement claws  1360 , and the engagement claw  1360  is disposed on the surface opposite to the side on which the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  is disposed in the base portion  1356  of the tip end member  1355 . Two engagement claws  1360  are provided to face the outer edge portion on the surface of the base portion  1356 , and the recessed portion  1356   a  provided in the base portion  1356  between two engagement claws  1360  is positioned. 
     In addition, in the engagement claw  1360 , the surface which is continuous to the inclined surface  1356   b  of the base portion  1356 , is an inclined surface  1360   a  which is inclined to extend the inclined surface  1356   b . The inclined surface  1360   a  acts similar to the inclined surface (outer surface  760   a ) of the above-described engagement claw  760 . 
     Returning to  FIGS. 87 and 88 , other configuration elements provided in the shaft member  1350  will be illustrated. The rotating shaft elastic member  763  and the claw member elastic member  764  are so-called elastic members, and are made of the coiled spring in the aspect. In addition, the dispositions and the actions of each member will be described later. 
     A material which configures each member of the shaft member  1350  is not particularly limited, but a material similar to the above-described shaft member  750  can be used. 
     By combining the bearing member  1340  and the shaft member  1350  with each other as follows, the end member  1330  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood.  FIG. 93  is sectional view along axis of the shaft member  1350 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 93 , in a posture in which the rotating shaft holding member  1346  is mounted in the main body  1341  in the bearing member  1340 , the rotating shaft  1351  passes through the hole  1346   a  of the rotating shaft holding member  1346  of the bearing member  1340 , the end portion on the side on which the projection  1353  is disposed is included on the inner side of the shaft member holding portion  1345 , the end portion on the opposite side is disposed to protrude from the bearing member  1340 . At this time, since the projection  1353  is disposed in the space surrounded by the guide wall  1348 , and cannot pass through the hole  1346   a , the projection  1353  is hooked to the rotating shaft holding member  1346 , the rotating shaft  1351  is configured not to fall out of the bearing member  1340 . 
     In addition, at this time, the elastic member holding projection  1353   a  of the rotating shaft  1351  passes through the inner side of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , and the tip end thereof is disposed to penetrate the hole  1347   a  of the support member  1347 . Accordingly, the rotating shaft elastic member  763  is disposed between the projection  1353  and the support member  1347 , and the rotating shaft  1351  is biased in the direction of in which the projection  1353  is pressed to the rotating shaft holding member  1346 . In addition, as the elastic member holding projection  1353   a  passes through the hole  1347   a , stability of the movement in the direction along the axis of the rotating shaft  1351  is improved. 
     In addition, since the projection  1353  and the guide wall  1348  are substantially triangular as described above, the projection  1353  presses the guide wall  1348  and transmits the rotating force during the rotation around the axis of the rotating shaft  1351 . 
     Meanwhile, one end of the claw member elastic member  764  is inserted and fixed to the tubular inner side of the main body  1352  of the rotating shaft  1351 . 
     The tip end member  1355  is disposed so that the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  abuts against the main body  1352  of the rotating shaft  1351 . At this time, the projected portion  1352   b  of the main body  1352  of the above-described rotating shaft  1351  is inserted into the inner side of the cutout  1357   a  of the rotating shaft linking portion  1357 , the projected portion  1357   b  of the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  is inserted into the cutout  1352   a  provided in the main body  1352  of the rotating shaft  1351 . Accordingly, the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  and the rotating shaft  1351  are linked to each other, and the rotation driving force around the axis can be transmitted. At this time, the other end of the claw member elastic member  764  is disposed on the tubular inner side of the rotating shaft linking portion  1357 , and is fixed thereto. 
     By the combination described above, axes of each of the bearing member  1340  and the shaft member  1350  are disposed to match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  1330  combined as described above, can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described.  FIG. 94  illustrates a posture when the end member  1330  is deformed from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 93 . 
     In the posture illustrated in  FIG. 93 , by the rotating shaft elastic member  763 , a posture in which the entire shaft member  1350  protrudes the most from the bearing member  1340  within a possible range, is achieved. When any external force is not applied to the shaft member  1350 , the end member  1330  has this basic posture. 
     In this posture, when the rotating force is applied to the engagement claw  1360  of the claw member  1359  as illustrated by an arrow C 93a  in  FIG. 93 , the rotating force is transmitted to the tip end member  1355  in which the claw member  1359  is integrally formed. In addition, the rotating force is transmitted to the rotating shaft  1351 , and further, the projection  1353  of the rotating shaft  1351  presses the guide wall  1348 , and the rotating force is transmitted to the bearing member  1340 . Therefore, the entire end member  1330  rotates by the rotating force received by the engagement claw  1360 . 
     In addition, as illustrated by an arrow C 93b  in  FIG. 93 , when the pressing force acts toward the bearing member  1340  side in the axial direction in the claw member  1359 , the pressing force is transmitted to the tip end member  1355  and the rotating shaft  1351 , and the entire shaft member  1350  moves in the direction in which the bearing member  1340  is pushed as illustrated by C 93c  in  FIG. 93  against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  763 . 
     Meanwhile, as the external force which is equal to or greater than a predetermined force is applied to the rotating force transmission member  1354  from the direction which is different from the axial direction, the rotating force transmission member  1354  is deformed to swing as illustrated in  FIG. 94  against the elastic force of the claw member elastic member  764 . This is because the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  is in the above-described linked state where the rotating shaft linking portion  1357  and the main body  1352  are linked to each other. 
     As described above, since the end member  1330  also swings and moves similar to the end member  730  which has been already described, the end member  730  similarly acts, and the effects are achieved. 
     In addition, returning from the posture illustrated in  FIG. 94  to the posture illustrated in  FIG. 93 , may be manually performed, or may be performed by the elastic force of the claw member elastic member  764 . 
     Next, a fifteenth aspect will be described.  FIG. 95  is a perspective view of the end member  1430  included in the aspect.  FIG. 96  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  1430 . Since the configuration elements except the end member  1430  can be considered similar to those in the first aspect, here, the end member  1430  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 95 and 96 , the end member  1430  is provided with the bearing member  1440  and the shaft member  1450 . 
     The bearing member  1440  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  1430 .  FIG. 97A  is a perspective view of the bearing member  1440 .  FIG. 97B  is a plan view when viewed from the side on which the shaft member  1450  is inserted in the bearing member  1440 . Furthermore,  FIG. 98A  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 98a -C 98a  in  FIG. 97B .  FIG. 98B  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 98b -C 98b  in  FIG. 97B . In addition, in each drawing which will be illustrated below, sections (cross sections) are illustrated being hatched in the sectional views. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 95 to 98 , the bearing member  1440  is configured to include a tubular body  1441 , a contact wall  1442 , a fitting portion  1443 , a gear portion  1444 , and a shaft member holding portion  1445 . 
     The tubular body  1441  is an overall cylindrical member, and the contact wall  1442  and the gear portion  1444  are disposed on the outer side thereof, and the shaft member holding portion  1445  is formed on the inner side thereof. 
     The contact wall  1442  which comes into contact with and is locked to the end surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  from a part of the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  1441 , stands. Accordingly, the depth of insertion of the end member  1430  into the photoreceptor drum  11  is regulated in a posture in which the end member  1430  is mounted on the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     In addition, by nipping the contact wall  1442  of the tubular body  1441 , the fitting portion  1443  of which one side is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11  is made. The fitting portion  1443  is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 , and is fixed to the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  by the adhesive. Accordingly, the end member  1430  is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 . Therefore, the outer diameter of the fitting portion  1443  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the photoreceptor drum  11  within a range in which insertion into cylindrical shape of the photoreceptor drum  11  is possible. A groove may be formed on the outer circumferential surface in the fitting portion  1443 . Accordingly, the groove is filled with the adhesive, and adhesiveness between the tubular body  1441  (end member  1430 ) and the photoreceptor drum  11  is improved by an anchor effect or the like. 
     The gear portion  1444  is formed on the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  1441  on the side opposite to the fitting portion  1443  nipping the contact wall  1442 . The gear portion  1444  is a gear which transmits the rotating force to another member, such as the developing roller, and in the aspect, the gear portion  1444  is a helical gear. However, the type of the gear is not particularly limited, and may be a spur gear. Otherwise, both the helical gear and the spur gear may be disposed being aligned along the axial direction of the tubular body. In addition, it is not necessary to provide the gear. 
     The shaft member holding portion  1445  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  1441 , and which has a function of holding the shaft member  1450  in the bearing member  1440 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 97A to 98B , the shaft member holding portion  1445  includes a rotating shaft holding member  1446 , a support member  1447 , and a guide wall  1448 . 
     The rotating shaft holding member  1446  is a plate-like member which is formed to block the inner side of the tubular body  1441 , but a hole  1446   a  which is coaxial to the axis of the tubular body  1441  is formed. Since a rotating shaft  1451  (refer to  FIG. 99 ) penetrates the hole  1446   a  as will be described later, the rotating shaft  1451  has the size and the shape by which the rotating shaft  1451  can penetrate. However, in order to prevent the rotating shaft  1451  from falling out, only a main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451  can penetrate the hole  1446   a , but cannot penetrate a part on which a projection  1453  is disposed. From the viewpoint of stabilized movement of the rotating shaft  1451 , it is preferable that the hole  1446   a  has the shape and the size which are substantially the same as the outer circumference of the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451  within a range in which the hole  1446   a  does not interrupt the movement of the rotating shaft  1451  in the axial direction. 
     In addition, in the rotating shaft holding member  1446 , two slits  1446   b  extend from the hole  1446   a . The two slits  1446   b  are provided at symmetrical positions nipping the axis of the hole  1446   a . In addition, the size and the shape of the slit  11446   b  are formed so that the projection  1453  of the rotating shaft  1451  (refer to  FIG. 99 ) can penetrate the slit  1446   b.    
     The support member  1447  is a plate-like member which is provided further on the fitting portion  1443  side than the rotating shaft holding member  1446 , and which is formed to block at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  1441 . The support member  1447  is formed to have the size by which a rotating shaft elastic member  1463  which will be described later can be supported. 
     The guide wall  1448  is a tubular member which extends in parallel to the axial direction of the tubular body  1441  from an edge of the hole  1446   a  of the rotating shaft holding member  1446 , and of which an end portion is connected to the support member  1447 . In the aspect, the sectional shape of the inner side of the guide wall  1448  is the same as that of the hole  1446   a . However, as will be described later, since the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451  is inserted into the guide wall  1448 , and the rotating shaft  1451  moves in the axial direction, the guide wall  1448  has the shape and the size in which the movement is possible. 
     In addition, a slit  1448   a  is formed in the guide wall  1448 . In  FIGS. 98A and 98B , for making it easy to understand, the direction in which the slit  1448   a  extends is illustrated by a dotted line. One end side of the slit  1448   a  passes through the slit  1446   b  of the rotating shaft holding member  1446  in the longitudinal direction, the slit  1448   a  extends in parallel to the axis of the tubular body  1441 , and reaches the support member  1447 . After this, the slit  1448   a  extends in parallel to the axial direction similar to a U-turn, and one end portion (the other end side) of the slit  1448   a  reaches the rotating shaft holding member  1446 . Therefore, the other end side is blocked by the rotating shaft holding member  46 . The slit width of the slit  1448   a  is formed so that the projection  1453  of the rotating shaft  1451  (refer to  FIG. 99 ) can move in the slit  1448   a.    
     A material which configures the bearing member  1440  is not particularly limited, but a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS, or metal can be used. Here, in order to improve the rigidity of the member in a case where the resin is used, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, in order to make the attachment or the movement of the shaft member smooth, sliding properties may be improved by containing at least one type of a fluororesin, polyethylene, and silicon rubber in the resin. In addition, the resin may be coated with fluororesin or lubricant. 
     In a case of making the bearing member  1440  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     Returning to  FIGS. D1  and  96 , the shaft member  1450  of the end member  1430  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 96 , the shaft member  1450  is provided with the rotating shaft  1451 , a rotating force receiving member  1455 , and a regulating member  1459 . Furthermore, the shaft member  1450  is provided with the rotating shaft elastic member  1463 , a regulating member elastic member  1464 , and the pin  1465 . Any of the rotating shaft elastic member  1463  and the claw member elastic member  1464  in the aspect is a coiled spring. 
     Hereinafter, each of the members will be described. 
     The rotating shaft  1451  is a shaft-shape member which functions as a rotating force transmission portion that transmits the rotating force received by the rotating force receiving member  1455  to the bearing member  1440 .  FIG. 99A  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  1451 .  FIG. 99B  is a sectional view in the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 99b -C 99b  in  FIG. 99A . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 99A and 99B , the rotating shaft  1451  includes the cylindrical main body  1452 , and a partition portion  1452   a  is provided to close the inner portion, in the cylindrical inner portion. Therefore, on the inner side of the main body  1452 , recessed portions  1452   b  and  1452   c  are formed on one side and on the other side nipping the partition portion  1452   a  on the inner side of the main body  1452 . 
     Two projections  1453  are disposed on the outer side in one end portion of the main body  1452 . Two projections  1453  are provided on the same line in one diameter direction of the cylinder of the main body  1452  on the opposite side nipping the axis. The two projections  1453  hold the rotating shaft  1451  in the bearing member  1440  as will be describe later, and hves a function of regulating the movement of the main body  1452 . 
     In addition, in the rotating shaft  1451 , two holes  1452   d , which are orthogonal to the axis of the cylinder, are disposed in one diameter direction of the cylinder, and penetrate the inside and the outside, are formed. As will be described later, the pin  1465  (refer to  FIG. 96 ) passes through the hole  1452   d , holds the regulating member  1459 , and regulates the movement of the regulating member  1459 . 
     Furthermore, on the end surface of the main body  1452 , on the end surface (end surface which is formed on the side opposite to the projection  1453  side) on the recessed portion  1452   b  side, a circular rail projection  1454  which protrudes in the direction (direction parallel to the axis) in which the cylinder extends to border the opening portion of the recessed portion  1452   b , is provided. The rail projection  1454  functions as a rail which guides the rotation of the rotating force receiving member  1455  as will be described later. 
     Here, one example of the rotating shaft  1451  will be described, but if the rotating shaft can achieve a function of operating as will be described later, the shape is not limited to the rotating shaft  1451 . For example, as the rotating shaft elastic member  1463  and the regulating member elastic member  1464  are formed as a two-staged spring, the partition portion  1452   a  of the rotating shaft  1451  is not necessary. In addition, since the rotation around the axis of the rotating force receiving member  1455  is basically ensured by the regulating member  1459  as will be described later, it is not necessary to provide the rail projection  1454 . 
     When the end member  1430  is in a predetermined posture, the rotating force receiving member  1455  is a member which receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2 , and transmits the driving force to the rotating shaft  1451 .  FIG. 100A  is a perspective view of the rotating force receiving member  1455 .  FIG. 100B  is a plan view of the rotating force receiving member  1455  when viewed from the direction illustrated by an arrow C 100b  in  FIG. 100A .  FIG. 100C  is a sectional view by a line illustrated by C 100c -C 100c  in  FIG. 100B . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 95, 96, and 100A to 100C , the rotating force receiving member  1455  is configured to include two engaging members  1458  which stand from a cylindrical base portion  1456  and one end portion of the cylindrical base portion  1456 . 
     The base portion  1456  is cylindrical, and a circular piece  1456   a  is provided so that the opening portion is narrowed in the opening portion on one end side. On the surface opposite to the base portion  1456  of the piece  1456   a , a guide  1456   b  which is a circular hollow is formed. The guide  1456   b  is loaded on the rail projection  1454  (refer to  FIG. 99B ) of the above-described rotating shaft  1451 , and guides the rotation of the base portion  1456 . 
     In addition, two projections  1457  are provided to face each other on the surface on the inner side of the base portion  1456  of the piece  1456   a . Here, an example in which two projections  1457  are provided is illustrated, but at least two projections may be provided, and three or more projections may be provided. In addition, it is preferable that the projections are provided at an equivalent interval around the axis. 
     In addition, it is not necessary to provide the guide  1456   b  which is described in the rail projection  1454 . 
     Two engaging members  1458  are disposed in the end portion opposite to the side on which the piece  1456   a  of the base portion  1456  is provided, are separated from the axis of the base portion  1456  at the same distance, and are disposed at symmetrical positions nipping the axis. The interval between two engaging members  1458  is formed to be substantially the same as or slightly greater than the diameter of the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  which will be described later. The interval between the two engaging members  1458  is configured so that the tip end portion of the driving projection  71  is hooked to the engaging member  1458  in a posture in which the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  is disposed between two engaging members  1458 . 
     The regulating member  1459  is a member which switches a state where the engaging member  1458  of the rotating force receiving member  1455  can transmit the driving force from the driving shaft  70  to the bearing member  1440 , and a state where the driving force cannot be transmitted and the rotation is performed freely. In other words, a posture in which the engaging member  1458  can be engaged with the driving shaft  70  and transmit the rotating force, and a posture in which the engagement is regulated (not engaged) and rotting force cannot be transmitted, are switched. 
       FIG. 101A  is a perspective view of the regulating member  1459 .  FIG. 101B  is a front view of the regulating member  1459 .  FIG. 101C  is a side view of the regulating member  1459 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 101A to 101C , the regulating member  1459  includes a columnar regulation shaft  1460 , and a long hole  1460   a  which penetrates in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the regulation shaft  1460 , and is a hole long in the axial direction, is provided here. 
     In addition, a contact portion  1461  which is formed to be thicker than the regulation shaft  1460  is provided on one end side of the regulation shaft  1460 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 10B and 10C , the contact portion  1461  has an inclined surface  1461   a  to be the thickest on the regulation shaft  1460  side, and to become narrower according to the separation from the regulation shaft  1460 . 
     Furthermore, in the end portion of the regulation shaft  1460 , two projections  1462  are disposed in the outer circumferential portion on the side on which the contact portion  1461  is disposed. Two projections  1462  are disposed on the opposite side nipping the axis in the column of the regulation shaft  1460 , and are provided on one line in one diameter direction. As will be described later, two projections  1462  regulate the rotating force receiving member  1455 . In addition, in the aspect, two projections  1462  are illustrated, but at least two projections may be disposed, or three or more projections may be disposed. 
     Returning to  FIG. 96 , other configuration elements provided in the shaft member  1450  will be described. The rotating shaft elastic member  1463  and the claw member elastic member  1464  are so-called elastic members, and are made of the coiled spring in the aspect. In addition, the pin  1465  is a rod-like member. The dispositions and the actions of each member will be described later. 
     A material which configures each member of the shaft member  1450  is not particularly limited, but a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS, can be used. However, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, by inserting metal into the resin, the rigidity may further be improved, or the entire body may be made of metal. In a case of making the shaft member  1450  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of having elasticity, the shaft member  1450  and any member included in the shaft member  1450 , may be made by bending a metal plate, or may be made by making the metal, glass, or carbon fiber infiltrate into the resin. 
     By combining the bearing member  1440  and the shaft member  1450  with each other as follows, the end member  1430  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     First, a combination between the bearing member  1440  and the rotating shaft  1451  will be described.  FIG. 102A  is a perspective view in which the rotating shaft  1451  is combined with the bearing member  1440 ,  FIG. 102B  is a plan view, and  FIG. 102C  is a sectional view from the arrow direction illustrated by C 102c -C 102c  in  FIG. 102B . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 102A to 102C , the rotating shaft  1451  passes through the hole  1446   a  of the rotating shaft holding member  1446  of the bearing member  1440 , an end portion on the side on which the projection  1453  is disposed is on the inner side of the shaft member holding portion  1445 , and the end portion on the opposite side is disposed to protrude from the bearing member  1440 . At this time, the projection  1453  is disposed in the end portion on the side blocked by the rotating shaft holding member  1446  in the end portion of the slit  1448   a  provided in the guide wall  1448 , and the rotating shaft  1451  is configured not to fall out of the bearing member  1440  as being hooked to the rotating shaft holding member  1446 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 102C , the rotating shaft elastic member  1463  is disposed between the rotating shaft  1451  and the support member  1447 , the rotating shaft  1451  is biased in the direction in which the projection  1453  is pressed to the rotating shaft holding member  1446 . 
     The attachment of the bearing member  1440  and the rotating shaft  1451  can be performed by inserting the projection  1453  of the rotating shaft  1451  into the slit  1448   a  from the slit  1446   b , and by moving the projection  1453  in the slit  1448   a  along a dotted line illustrated in  FIGS. 98A and 98B . 
     Next, the combination of another member to the rotating shaft  1451  in the shaft member  1450 , will be described.  FIG. 103  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 103A  is an exploded perspective view, and  FIG. 103B  is a sectional view of the shaft member  1450  in the direction along the axis. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 103B , the regulating member elastic member  1464  is disposed on the inner side of the recessed portion  1452   b  of the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451 . Therefore, one end portion of the regulating member elastic member  1464  is supported by the partition portion  1452   a  of the main body  1452 . 
     Meanwhile, in the regulating member  1459 , an end portion on the side on which the contact portion  1461  is not disposed in the regulation shaft  1460 , passes through the base portion  1456  of the rotating force receiving member  1455 , and further is inserted into the recessed portion  1452   b  of the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451 . Accordingly, the rotating force receiving member  1455  is disposed on the end surface opposite to the projection  1453  in the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451 . At this time, the engaging member  1458  of the rotating force receiving member  1455  is disposed to protrude to the side opposite to the rotating shaft  1451 , and the guide  1456   b  of the rotating force receiving member  1455  is disposed to overlap the rail projection  1454  which is disposed on the end surface of the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451 . 
     In addition, one end of the regulating member  1459  is inserted into the recessed portion  1452   b  formed in the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451 , and the end surface of the regulating member  1459  comes into contact with the other end portion of the regulating member elastic member  1464 . Accordingly, the regulating member  1459  is biased in the direction of being protruded from the main body  1452 . In addition, the other end (that is, an end portion on the side on which the contact portion  1461  is disposed) of the regulating member  1459  and the contact portion  1461  are disposed on the inner side of the base portion  1456  and the rotating force receiving member  1455 , and between two engaging members  1458 . 
     Furthermore, the pin  1465  passes through a long hole  1459   a  provided in the regulation shaft  1460  of the regulating member  1459 , and both ends of the pin  1465  are disposed to cross over two holes  1452   d  of the rotating shaft  1451 . Accordingly, the regulating member  1459  is regulated not to fall out of the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451  against the biasing force of the regulating member elastic member  1464 . 
     By the combination described above, axes of each of the bearing member  1440  and the shaft member  1450  are disposed to match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  1430  combined as described above can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described.  FIG. 104  is a sectional view in the direction along the axis in one posture of the end member  1430 . 
     In the posture illustrated in  FIG. 104 , by the rotating shaft elastic member  1463 , a posture in which the entire shaft member  1450  protrudes the most from the bearing member  1440  within a possible range, is achieved, and by the regulating member elastic member  1464 , a posture in which the regulating member  1459  protrudes the most from the main body  1452 , is achieved. When any external force is not applied to the shaft member  1450 , the end member  1430  has this posture. 
     In this posture, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 104 , the projection  1457  of the rotating force receiving member  1455  and the projection  1462  of the regulating member  1459 , are present at a different position separated in the axial direction when viewed in the sectional direction of  FIG. 104  (in a front view). Therefore, in this posture, the engaging member  1458  of the rotating force receiving member  1455  freely rotates as illustrated by an arrow C 104a  in  FIG. 104 . In other words, in this posture, the engaging member  1458  relatively freely rotates with respect to the bearing member  1440  and the regulating member  1459  without being regulated. 
     In addition, the rotation is performed while the rail projection  1454  of the rotating shaft  1451  is guided by the guide  1456   b  of the rotating force receiving member  1455 . Therefore, in this posture, even when the rotating force is transmitted to the rotating force receiving member  1455 , only the rotating force receiving member  1455  rotates, and the rotating force is not transmitted to other members, and a posture in which the engaging member  1458  is not engaged is achieved. 
     In addition, in this posture, as can be ascertained from an arrow C 104b  in  FIG. 104 , when the engaging member  1458  of the rotating force receiving member  1455  is pressed to the bearing member  1440  side in the axial direction, the force is transmitted to the shaft member  1450 , and the shaft member  1450  can be moved in the direction of being pressed to the bearing member  1440  as illustrated in an arrow C 104c  in  FIG. 104  against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  1463 . 
     Next, from the posture illustrated in  FIG. 104 , a posture in which the regulating member  1459  is moved to be pushed to the main body  1452  side of the rotating shaft  1451 , will be described.  FIG. 105  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 104  in the posture.  FIG. 106  is an end surface of a part illustrated by C 106 -C 106  in  FIG. 105 . 
     In this posture, as illustrated by C 105b  in  FIG. 105 , the regulating member  1459  moves to be pushed to the main body  1452  of the rotating shaft  1451  against the biasing force of the regulating member elastic member  1464 . Then, the projection  1462  of the regulating member  1459  is in a posture of getting into a track of the rotation of the projection  1457  of the rotating force receiving member  1455 . Accordingly, in this posture, the rotation of the engaging member  1458  of the rotating force receiving member  1455  is relatively regulated with respect to the bearing member  1440  and the regulating member  1459 , and the rotation cannot be freely performed. For example, as illustrated in  FIG. 106 , when the rotating force receiving member  1455  rotates, and following this, the projection  1457  rotates, the projection  1462  of the regulating member  1459  is engaged at any part. Therefore, in the posture of being engaged in this manner, when the rotation driving force is applied to the regulating member  1459  as illustrated by C 105a  in  FIG. 105 , the engaged regulating member  1459 , the rotating shaft  1451  which is engaged with the regulating member  1459  by the pin  1465 , and the bearing member  1440  which is engaged with the projection  1453  of the rotating shaft  1451 , rotate in the same manner. In other words, the rotation driving force transmitted to the rotating force receiving member  1455  is transmitted to the entire end member  1430 . 
     In addition, from this posture, if the regulating member  1459  is pressed in the direction illustrated by an arrow C 105b  in  FIG. 105 , the force is transmitted to the rotating shaft  1451 , and the shaft member  1450  can be moved in the direction of being pushed to the bearing member  1440  as illustrated by C 105c  in  FIG. 105  against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  1463 . 
     Next, a sixteenth aspect will be described.  FIG. 107  is a perspective view of an end member  1530  in the sixteenth aspect.  FIG. 108  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  1530 . Since the sixteenth aspect is the same as the above-described fifteenth aspect except the end member  1530 , the description thereof will be omitted here. In addition, in the end member  1530 , the same parts as those of the above-described end member  1430  will be given the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The end member  1530  is also provided with a bearing member  1540  and a shaft member  1550 . 
     The bearing member  1540  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  1530 .  FIG. 109A  is a perspective view of the bearing member  1540 .  FIG. 109B  is a plan view when viewed from a side on which the shaft member  1550  is inserted, in the bearing member  1540 . Furthermore,  FIG. 110A  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 110a -C 110a  in  FIG. 109B .  FIG. 110B  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 110b -C 110b  in  FIG. 109B . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 107 to 110 , the bearing member  1540  is configured to include the tubular body  1441 , the contact wall  1442 , the fitting portion  1443 , the gear portion  1444 , and a shaft member holding portion  1545 . 
     The shaft member holding portion  1545  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  1441 , and which has a function of holding the shaft member  1550  in the bearing member  1540 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 109A to 110B , the shaft member holding portion  1545  includes a rotating shaft holding member  1546 , a rotating shaft support member  1547 , and a regulating member support member  1548 . 
     The rotating shaft holding member  1546  is a plate-like member which is formed to block the inner side of the tubular body  1441 , but a hole  1546   a  which is coaxial to the axis of the tubular body  1441  is formed. Since a rotating shaft  1551  penetrates the hole  1546   a  as will be described later, the rotating shaft  1551  (refer to  FIG. 111 ) has the size and the shape by which the rotating shaft  1551  can penetrate. However, in order to prevent the rotating shaft  1551  from falling out, only a main body  1552  of the rotating shaft  1551  can penetrate the hole  1546   a , but cannot penetrate a part on which an outer projection  1553  is disposed. From the viewpoint of stabilized movement of the rotating shaft  1551 , it is preferable that the hole  1546   a  has the shape and the size which are substantially the same as the outer circumference of the main body  1552  of the rotating shaft  1551  within a range in which the hole  1546   a  does not interrupt the movement of the rotating shaft  1551  in the axial direction. 
     In addition, in the rotating shaft holding member  1546 , two slits  1546   b  extend from the hole  1546   a . The two slits  1546   b  are provided at symmetrical positions nipping the axis of the hole  1546   a . In addition, the size and the shape of the slit  1546   b  are formed so that the outer projection  1553  of the rotating shaft  1551  (refer to  FIG. 111 ) can penetrate the slit  1546   b.    
     The rotating shaft support member  1547  is a member which is provided further on the fitting portion  1443  side than the rotating shaft holding member  1546 , and which is formed to block at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  1441 . As illustrated in  FIG. 110B , the support member  1547  is provided with a hole  1547   a  or a void through which a first regulation shaft  1560  of a regulating member  1559  (refer to  FIG. 112 ) penetrates by considering the axis of the tubular body  1441  as a center. Furthermore, the rotating shaft support member  1547  is formed to be capable of holding at least a rotating shaft elastic member  1563 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 110A , in the rotating shaft support member  1547 , a groove  1547   b  which extends in parallel to the axial direction of the tubular body  1441  is provided. An end portion on the rotating shaft holding member  1546  side of the groove  1547   b  is blocked, and the groove  1547   b  is opened in the circumferential direction of the tubular body  1441  on the regulating member support member  1548  side which is on the opposite side thereof. The groove  1547   b  is disposed so that a projection  1562  of the regulating member  1559  (refer to  FIG. 112 ) can move on the inner side thereof. 
     The regulating member support member  1548  is a member which is provided further on the fitting portion  1443  side than the rotating shaft support member  1547 , and is formed to block at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  1441 . The regulating member support member  1548  is formed to have the size by which at least a regulating member elastic member  1564  which will be described later can be held. 
     Returning to  FIGS. 107 and 108 , the shaft member  1550  of the end member  1530  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 108 , the shaft member  1550  is provided with the rotating shaft  1551 , a rotating force receiving member  1555 , the regulating member  1559 , the rotating shaft elastic member  1563 , and the regulating member elastic member  1564 . Any of the rotating shaft elastic member  1563  and the regulating member elastic member  1564  in the aspect is a coiled spring. 
     Hereinafter, each of the members will be described. 
       FIG. 111A  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  1551 .  FIG. 111B  is a sectional view in the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 111b -C 111b  in  FIG. 111A .  FIG. 111C  is a sectional view in the axial direction including a line illustrated by C 111c -C 111c  in  FIG. 111A . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 111A to 111C , the rotating shaft  1551  includes the cylindrical main body  1552 . 
     In addition, two outer projections  1553  are disposed on the outer side in one end portion of the main body  1552 . Two outer projections  1553  are provided on the same line in one diameter direction of the cylinder of the main body  1552 . The two outer projections  1553  have a function of holding the main body  1552  by the bearing member  1540  as will be described later, and regulating the movement of the main body  1552 . 
     In addition, in the main body  1552 , two inner projections  1554  are provided on the cylindrical inner surface of the end portion which is the same as the tip end provided with the outer projection  1553 . 
     The rotating force receiving member  1555  is a member which receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and transmits the driving force to the main body  1552  when the end member  1430  has a predetermined posture. As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 111A to 111C , the rotating force receiving member  1555  in the aspect is disposed in the end portion opposite to the side on which the outer projection  1553  is disposed in the main body  1552 , and includes a cylindrical base portion  1556  and two engaging members  1558  which stand from one end portion of the base portion  1556 . 
     The base portion  1556  is cylindrical, and the outer diameter and the inner diameter thereof is formed to be greater than the main body  1552 . The outer circumferential portion of the base portion  1556  has an inclined surface  1556   a  of which the diameter becomes smaller according to the separation from the main body  1552  in the axial direction. Accordingly, the driving shaft  70  can smoothly slide in the outer circumferential portion. Meanwhile, on the contrary, the inner circumferential portion of the base portion  1556  is inclined so that the diameter becomes greater according to the separation from the main body  1552  in the axial direction. Accordingly, the tip end of the driving shaft  70  can be stably stored. 
     Two engaging members  1558  are provided in the end portion opposite to the side on which the rotating shaft  1551  is disposed in the base portion  1556 , are separated at the same distance from the axis of the base portion  1556 , and are disposed at symmetrical positions nipping the axis. The interval between the two engaging members  1558  is configured to be substantially the same or slightly greater than the diameter of the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70 . The interval between two engaging members  1558  is configured so that the driving projection  71  is hooked to the engaging member  1558 , in a posture in which the shaft portion of the driving shaft  70  is disposed between two engaging members  1558 . 
     The regulating member  1559  switches a state where the engaging member  1558  of the rotating force receiving member  1555  can be engaged with the driving shaft  70 , and transmit the driving force to the bearing member  1440 , and a state where the members are not engaged, the driving force cannot be transmitted, and the rotation is freely performed.  FIG. 112A  is a perspective view of the regulating member  1559 .  FIG. 112B  is a perspective view from another angle of the regulating member  1559 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 112A and 112B , the regulating member  1559  includes the columnar first regulation shaft  1560  and a columnar second regulation shaft  1561  of which the outer diameter is greater than that of the first regulation shaft  1560 , and has a structure in which two shafts are aligned coaxially and ends thereof are linked to each other. 
     In the first regulation shaft  1560 , in the end portion opposite to the side on which the second regulation shaft  1561  is disposed, two projections  1562  are disposed. Two projections  1562  are provided on the same line in one diameter direction of the column of the first regulation shaft  1560 . The two projections  1562  have a function of holding the regulating member  1559  in the bearing member  1540  as will be described later, and regulating the movement of the regulating member  1559 . 
     In the second regulation shaft  1561 , an end portion opposite to the side on which the first regulation shaft  1560  is disposed is a contact portion  1561   a , and an inclined surface is formed. In addition, in the end portion in which the first regulation shaft  1560  is disposed in the second regulation shaft  1561 , a regulation grooves  1561   b  which are two grooves opened to the first regulation shaft  1560  side, is provided. The two regulation grooves  1561   b  are formed on the opposite side nipping the axis of the second regulation shaft  1561 . 
     By combining the bearing member  1540  and the shaft member  1550  with each other as follows, the end member  1530  is made.  FIG. 113  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  1530  in one posture. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 108 to 113 , in the shaft member  1550 , the regulating member  1559  is inserted into the main body  1552  of the rotating shaft  1551 . At this time, the second regulation shaft  1561  is stored in the main body  1552 , and the end portion on the projection  1562  side of the first regulation shaft  1560  is disposed to protrude from the side (that is, the outer projection  1553  and the inner projection  1554  side) opposite to the rotating force receiving member  1555 . In addition, in the posture of  FIG. 113 , the inner projection  1554  of the rotating shaft  1551  is disposed in the regulation groove  1561   b  of the regulating member  1559 . 
     The rotating shaft  1551  and the regulating member  1559  which are combined in this manner, are held in the bearing member  1540  as follows. In other words, the rotating shaft  1551  passes through the hole  1546   a  of the rotating shaft holding member  1546  of the bearing member  1540 , the end portion on the side on which the outer projection  1553  is disposed on the inner side of the shaft member holding portion  1545 , and the end portion on the opposite side is disposed to protrude from the bearing member  1540 . At this time, as the outer projection  1553  is hooked to the rotating shaft holding member  1546 , the rotating shaft  1551  is configured not to fall out of the bearing member  1540 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 113 , the rotating shaft elastic member  1563  is disposed between the rotating shaft  1551  and the rotating shaft support member  1547 , and the rotating shaft  1551  is biased in the direction of falling out of the bearing member  1540 . At this time, the first regulation shaft  1560  of the regulating member  1559  passes through the inside of the rotating shaft elastic member  1563 . 
     The attachment of the bearing member  1540  and the rotating shaft  1551  may be performed as the outer projection  1553  of the rotating shaft  1551  is inserted into the bearing member  1540  from the slit  1546   b  of the rotating shaft holding member  1546 , and the rotating shaft  1551  is rotated around the axis. 
     Meanwhile, in the regulating member  1559 , the first regulation shaft  1560  passes through the hole  1547   a  (refer to  FIG. 110B ) of the  1547 . In addition, the projection  1562  is stored on the inner side of the groove  1547   b  (refer to  FIG. 110A ). Accordingly, while the regulating member  1559  can move in the axial direction, falling out of the bearing member  1540  is prevented. 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 113 , the regulating member elastic member  1564  is disposed between the regulating member  1559  and the regulating member support member  1548 , and the regulating member  1559  is biased in the direction of falling out of the bearing member  1540 . 
     The attachment of the bearing member  1540  and the regulating member  1559  may be performed when the projection  1562  of the regulating member  1559  is inserted into the groove  1547   b  from the opening portion of the groove  1547   b  of the rotating shaft support member  1547 . 
     In the posture of the end member  1530  combined as described above, as the rotating shaft  1551  and the rotating force receiving member  1555  disposed thereon, are biased in the direction of falling out of the bearing member  1540  by the rotating shaft elastic member  1563 , and the outer projection  1553  is engaged with the shaft member holding portion  1545  of the bearing member  1540 , the rotating force receiving member  1555  does not fall out and is held. Meanwhile, as the regulating member  1559  is biased in the direction of falling out of the bearing member  1540  by the regulating member elastic member  1564 , and the projection  1562  is engaged with the shaft member holding portion  1545  of the bearing member  1540 , the regulating member  1559  does not fall out and is held. 
     In addition, in the posture illustrated in  FIG. 113 , since the inner projection  1554  of the rotating shaft  1551  enters the regulation groove  1561   b  of the regulating member  1559 , the rotation of the rotating shaft  1551  and the rotating force receiving member  1555  which is disposed in the rotating shaft  1551  around the axis, is regulated. 
     By the combination described above, axes of each of the bearing member  1540  and the shaft member  1550  are disposed to match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  1530  combined as described above can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described.  FIGS. 114 and 115  are sectional views in the direction along the axis in two postures of the end member  1530 . 
       FIG. 114  illustrates the posture in which the rotating shaft  1551  (rotating force receiving member  1555 ) moves to be pushed to the bearing member  1540  side against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  1563 , as illustrated by an arrow C 114a  in  FIG. 114 , from the posture illustrated in  FIG. 113 . Accordingly, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 114 , since the rotating shaft  1551  moves in the axial direction, the inner projection  1554  of the rotating shaft  1551  is disengaged from the regulation groove  1561   b  of the regulating member  1559 , and the engagement of the inner projection  1554  and the regulation groove  1561   b  is released. Therefore, as illustrated by an arrow C 114b  in  FIG. 114 , the rotating shaft  1551  and the rotating force receiving member  1555  (engaging member  1558 ) disposed in the rotating shaft  1551 , freely rotate. In other words, in this posture, the rotation of the engaging member  1558  is not relatively regulated with respect to the bearing member  1540  and the regulating member  1559 , and is freely performed. 
       FIG. 115  illustrates a posture in which the regulating member  1559  moves to be pushed to the bearing member  1540  side against the biasing force of the regulating member elastic member  1564  as illustrated by an arrow C 115a  in  FIG. 115 , further from the posture illustrated in  FIG. 114 . Accordingly, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 115 , since the regulating member  1559  moves in the axial direction, the inner projection  1554  of the rotating shaft  1551  gets into the regulation groove  1561   b  of the regulating member  1559  again, and the inner projection  1554  and the regulation groove  1561   b  are engaged with each other. Therefore, in this posture, the rotation of the engaging member  1558  is relatively regulated with respect to the bearing member  1540  and the regulating member  1559 , and for example, when the rotating force is applied as illustrated by an arrow C 115b  in the rotating force receiving member  1555 , the rotating force is transmitted to the rotating shaft  1551 , the regulating member  1559 , and the bearing member  1540 , and finally, the end member  1530  (photoreceptor drum unit) rotates around the axis. 
     In this manner, in the posture in which the processing cartridge provided with the end member  1530  is mounted on the apparatus main body, the driving shaft  70  and the rotating force receiving member  1555  provided in the shaft member  1550  of the end member  1530  are engaged with each other, and the rotating force is transmitted. 
     Next, a seventeenth aspect will be described.  FIG. 116A  is a perspective view in one posture of an end member  1630  in the seventeenth aspect.  FIG. 116B  is a perspective view in another posture of the end member  1630 . In addition,  FIG. 117  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  1630 . Since the seventeenth aspect is the same as the above-described fifteenth aspect except the end member  1630 , the description thereof will be omitted here. In addition, in the end member  1630 , the same parts as those of the above-described end member  1430  will be given the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The end member  1630  is provided with a bearing member  1640  and a shaft member  1650 . 
     The bearing member  1640  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  1630 .  FIG. 118A  is a perspective view of the bearing member  1640 .  FIG. 118B  is a plan view when viewed from a side on which the shaft member  1650  is inserted, in the bearing portion  240 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 116 to 118 , the bearing member  1640  is configured to include the tubular body  1441 , the contact wall  1442 , the fitting portion  1443 , the gear portion  1444 , and a shaft member holding portion  1645 . 
     The shaft member holding portion  1645  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  1441 , and which has a function of holding the shaft member  1650  in the bearing member  1640 . In the aspect, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 118A to 118B , the shaft member holding portion  1645  is configured to include a bottom plate  1646  and a holding tube body  1647 . 
     The bottom plate  1646  is a plate-like member which is disposed to block at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  1441 . 
     Meanwhile, the holding tube body  1647  is a tubular member which stands on the surface opposite to the fitting portion  1443  side on the surface of the bottom plate  1646 , and the axis thereof is provided to match the axis of the tubular body  1441 . The holding tube body  1647  holds the shaft member  1650  as a part of the shaft member  1650  is inserted into the holding tube body  1647 . 
     Returning to  FIGS. 116 and 117 , the shaft member  1650  of the end member  1630  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 117 , the shaft member  1650  is configured to include a rotating shaft  1651 , a rotating force receiving member  1652 , a regulating member  1660 , a pin  1664 , and an elastic member  1665 . Here, the pin  1664  is a rod-like member. In addition, the elastic member  1665  of the aspect is a coiled spring. 
       FIG. 119  is an enlarged exploded perspective view illustrating members except the pin  1664 .  FIG. 117  illustrates each of the members with reference to  FIG. 119 . 
     The rotating shaft  1651  is a cylindrical member. The outer diameter of the rotating shaft  1651  has the size by which insertion into the holding tube body  1647  provided in the shaft member holding portion  1645  of the above-described bearing member  1640  is possible. 
     The rotating force receiving member  1652  is a member which receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and transmits the driving force to the rotating shaft  1651 , when the end member  1630  is in the predetermined posture. In the aspect, the rotating force receiving member  1652  is disposed in the end portion on one side (a side which is not inserted into the holding tube body  1647 ) in the rotating shaft  1651 , and is configured to include a cylindrical base portion  1653  and a plate-like engaging member  1656 . 
     The base portion  1653  is a cylindrical member, and is disposed coaxially to the rotating shaft  1651  in the end portion on one side (a side which is not inserted into the holding tube body  1647 ) in the rotating shaft  1651 . The outer circumference and the inner circumference of the base portion  1653  are formed to be greater than the outer circumference and the inner circumference of the rotating shaft  1651 . 
     In the base portion  1653 , two engaging member storage grooves  1654  which are grooves formed substantially in parallel nipping the axis, are provided. In the aspect, two engaging member storage grooves  1654  are provided in parallel to the positions having the same distance from the axis nipping the axis, and extend to be at a twisted position with respect to the axis. 
     In addition, in the base portion  1653 , a hole  1653   a  is provided to be along the diameter of the base portion, and to penetrate in the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the two engaging member storage grooves  1654  extend. In the aspect, four holes  1653   a  are formed. 
     The overall engaging member  1656  has a shape of a plate, and is formed to have the size to be stored in the groove of the above-described engaging member storage groove  1654 . A through hole  1656   a  is provided in the engaging member, and nipping the through hole  1656   a , one part becomes an engaging portion  1657 , and the other part becomes an operated portion  1658 . Although not particularly limited, it is preferable that the engaging portion  1657  is longer than the operated portion  1658 . In addition, the tip end of the engaging portion  1657  may be curved. Accordingly, stable engagement with the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  is possible. 
     The regulating member  1660  is configured to include a regulation shaft  1661 , a contact portion  1662 , and an operation portion  1663 . 
     The regulation shaft  1661  is a columnar member, and a shape thereof has the size by which insertion into the cylindrical inner side of the rotating shaft  1651  is possible. In addition, in the regulation shaft  1661 , a slit  1661   a  which penetrates the regulation shaft  1661  in the diameter direction, and extends in the axial direction by a predetermined size, is formed. 
     On an end surface of the regulation shaft  1661 , the contact portion  1662  is a member of a part (truncated cone) of a cone provided coaxially on the side which is not inserted into the rotating shaft  1651 , and has the size in which the diameter is greater than that of the regulation shaft  1661  in the bottom portion. Therefore, a side surface of the contact portion  1662  becomes an inclined surface  1662   a.    
     Two operation portions  1663  are rod-like members which extend in the direction of being separated from the axis, and are disposed similar to the engaging member  1656 . As will be described later, the operation portion  1663  is formed at a position or length at which the operated portion  1658  of the engaging member  1656  can be pressed in the direction parallel to the axial direction. 
     By combining each member as follows, the end member  1630  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     First, the shaft member  1650  will be described.  FIG. 120  is an enlarged outer appearance perspective view illustrating a part of the rotating force receiving member  1652  and the regulating member  1660  of one posture in a scene where each member is combined. In addition, In  FIG. 120  and  FIG. 121  which will be described later, for making it easy to understand, only the engaging member  1656  is illustrated being hatched. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 116, 117, 119, and 120 , the elastic member  1665  is inserted into the cylindrical inner side of the rotating shaft  1651 , and further, an end portion on the side on which the contact portion  1662  is not disposed in the regulation shaft  1661  of the regulating member  1660 , is also inserted. Accordingly, the regulating member  1660  is biased in the direction of falling out of the rotating shaft  1651  by the biasing force of the elastic member  1665 . 
     Meanwhile, the engaging member  1656  is disposed in the engaging member storage groove  1654  provided in the base portion  1653  of the rotating force receiving member  1652 . At this time, the hole  1653   a  provided in the base portion  1653 , and the hole  1656   a  provided in the engaging member  1656 , are aligned on one straight line. In addition, the slit  1661   a  provided in the regulation shaft  1661  of the regulating member  1660  is disposed to be included in this one straight line. In addition, in this manner, the pin  1664  is inserted to pass through the hole  1653   a , the through hole  1656   a , and the slit  1661   a  which are arranged on this one straight line. Accordingly, the posture illustrated in  FIG. 120  can be achieved. 
     In addition, at this time, the operation portion  1663  of the regulating member  1660  is disposed to overlap the operated portion  258  which is formed in the engaging member  1656  of the rotating force receiving member  1652 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 117  or the like, the attachment of the bearing member  1640  of the shaft member  1650  may be performed when the end portion on the side on which the rotating force receiving member  1652  is not disposed is inserted and bonded to the holding tube body  1647  of the bearing member  1640 , in the rotating shaft  1651 . 
     The end member  1630  combined as described above, can take an aspect in  FIG. 120  as one posture. In other words, the engaging member  1656  is in a posture of being disposed to lie across the inner side of the engaging member storage groove  1654 . 
     Meanwhile, as illustrated by C 120  in  FIG. 120 , when pressing the regulating member  1660  to the bearing member  1640  side (the downward direction of the paper surface of  FIG. 120 ), the operation portion  1663  is also moved downward, and the operated portion  1658  of the engaging member  1656  is moved downward. Then, since the engaging member  1656  rotates around the pin  1664 , as illustrated in  FIG. 121 , the engaging members  1656  stand to approach each other in parallel in the axial direction. 
     In other words, the end member  1630  can switch a posture (protruded posture) in which the engaging member  1656  stands, and an inclined posture (sunken posture). 
     In this manner, in the posture in which the processing cartridge provided with the end member  1630  is mounted on the apparatus main body, the driving shaft  70  and the rotating force receiving member  1652  provided in the shaft member  1650  of the end member  1630  are engaged with each other, and the rotating force is transmitted. 
     Next, an eighteenth aspect will be described.  FIG. 122  is an exploded perspective view of a tip end part of a shaft member  1750 , in the end member  1730 .  FIG. 123  is a section along the axis of the end member  1730 . The end member  1730  of the aspect is provided with the bearing member  1640  which is the same aspect as the above-described end member  1630 , and the shaft member  1750  is employed in the bearing member  1640 . Here, the shaft member  1750  will be described. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 122 , the shaft member  1750  is configured to include a rotating shaft  1751 , a rotating force receiving member  1752 , and a regulating member  1760 . 
     The rotating shaft  1751  is a cylindrical member. The outer diameter thereof can be the size by which insertion into the holding tube body  1647  (refer to  FIG. 118A ) provided in the shaft member holding portion  245  of the above-described bearing member  1640  is possible. In the aspect, an end portion on one side (a side opposite to the side which is inserted into the holding tube body  1647 , and a side opposite to the fitting portion  1443 ) in the end portion of the rotating shaft  1751 , is configured to function as a part of the rotating force receiving member  1752 . The aspect will be described in detail by the rotating force receiving member  1752 . 
     The rotating force receiving member  1752  is a member which receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and transmits the driving force to the rotating shaft  1751  when the end member  1730  is in a predetermined posture. In the aspect, the rotating force receiving member  1752  is disposed in an end portion on one side (the side opposite to the side which is inserted into the holding tube body  1647 , the side opposite to the fitting portion  1443 ) in the rotating shaft  1751 , and is configured to include a base portion  1753 , an engaging member  1754 , and a pin  1755 . 
     The base portion  1753  is a part which links the engaging member  1754  to the rotating shaft  1751  via the pin  1755 , and in the aspect, the base portion  1753  is formed in the end portion on one side of the rotating shaft  1751 , and a part (tip end portion) of the rotating shaft  1751  serves as the base portion  1753 . 
     In the base portion  1753 , a recessed portion  1753   a  is formed along the axis from the end surface on one side of the rotating shaft  1751 , and in the bottom portion, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 123 , a projection  1753   b  is provided. In addition, in the base portion  1753 , two slits  1753   c  which have a depth by which the side surface of the rotating shaft  1751  and the recessed portion  1753   a  communicate with each other by considering the direction along the axial direction from the end surface on one side of the rotating shaft  1751  as the length direction, in the base portion  1753 . In the aspect, two slits  1753   c  are disposed at a position by 180° around the axis to be on one diameter of the rotating shaft  1751 . 
     Furthermore, in the base portion  1753 , holes  1753   d  and  1753   e  which extend in the width direction of the slit  1753   c  and penetrates the base portion  1753 , are formed. The hole  1753   d  and the hole  1753   e  are disposed to be aligned in the length direction of the slit  1753   c , and the hole  1753   d  is on a side close to the end portion on one side of the rotating shaft  1751 . 
     The engaging member  1754  is a rod-like member, and is bent at one location in the aspect. In addition, in one end portion, a through hole  1754   a  which intersects the direction in which the engaging member  1754  extends is provided. 
     The pin  1755  is a round rod-like member. 
     The regulating member  1760  is configured to include a regulation shaft  1761 , an operation member  1762 , an elastic member  1763 , and a pin  1764 . 
     The regulation shaft  1761  is a columnar member, and a shape thereof has the size by which insertion into the inner side of the recessed portion  1753   a  provided in the base portion  1753  is possible. In addition, in the regulation shaft  1761 , a slit  1761   a  which penetrates the regulation shaft  1761  in the diameter direction, and extends in the axial direction by a predetermined size, is formed. In the end portion of the regulation shaft  1761 , the end portion on the side which is not inserted into the base portion  1753  is a part (truncated cone) of a cone, and an inclined surface  1761   b  is formed. In addition, in the end portion of the regulation shaft  1761 , a projection  1761   c  is provided on the side opposite to the inclined surface  1761   b.    
     Two operation members  1762  are rod-like members, and are disposed similar to the engaging member  1754 . The operation member  1762  is provided with a through hole  1762   a  which is orthogonal to the length direction in the vicinity of the center in the length direction. The elastic member  1763  is formed by a coiled spring in the aspect. In addition, the pin  1764  is a round rod-like member. 
     By combining each member as follows, the end member  1730  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 122 to 123 , the elastic member  363  is inserted into the recessed portion  1753   a  formed in the base portion  1753 , and further, an end portion on the side on which the projection  1761   c  is provided in the regulation shaft  1761  of the regulating member  1760 , is also inserted. One end of the elastic member  1763  is inserted and fixed to the projection  1753   b  in the recessed portion, and the other end of the elastic member  1763  is inserted and fixed to the projection  1761   c  of the regulation shaft  1761 . Accordingly, the regulation shaft  1761  is biased in the direction of falling out of the rotating shaft  1751  by the biasing force of the elastic member  1763 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 123 , one end side of the operation member  1762  is inserted into the slit  1761   a  of the regulation shaft  1761  from the slit  1753   c . in addition, the pin  1764  is disposed to pass through the hole  1753   e  and the hole  1762   a . Accordingly, the operation member  1762  can rotate around the pin  1764 . At this time, in the posture in which the external force is not applied, the operation member  1762  is disposed to extend in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the regulation shaft  1761 . 
     Meanwhile, one end side of the engaging member  1754  is disposed in the slit  1761   a , and the pin  1755  is disposed to pass through the hole  1753   d  and the hole  1754   a . Accordingly, the engaging member  1754  can rotate around the pin  1755 . At this time, in the posture in which the external force is not applied, the engaging member  1754  extends in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the regulation shaft  1761 , and is positioned to overlap the tip end side of the regulation shaft  1761  rather than the operation member  1762 . In addition, the engaging member  1754  is disposed to come into contact with the tip end on the side which is not inserted into the slit  1761   a  of the operation member  1762 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 117  or the like, the attachment of the bearing member  1640  of the shaft member  1750  may be performed when the end portion on the side on which the rotating force receiving member  1752  is not disposed is inserted and bonded to the holding tube body  1647  of the bearing member  1640 , in the rotating shaft  1751 . 
     The end member  1730  combined as described above, can take an aspect similar to  FIG. 123  as one posture. In other words, the engaging member  1756  is in a posture of being disposed to lie in the radial direction of the rotating shaft  1751 . 
     Meanwhile, as illustrated by C 123  in  FIG. 123 , when pressing the regulation shaft  1761  of the regulating member  1760  to the bearing member  1640  side (the downward direction of the paper surface of  FIG. 123 ), the regulation shaft  1761  is moved to the bearing member  1640  side, and the end portion which is inserted into the slit  1761   a  of the regulation shaft  1761  is also pressed in the same direction in the operation member  1762 . Then, the operation member  1762  rotates around the pin  1764 , and the end portion on the opposite side moves to the side opposite to the bearing member  1640 . Accordingly, since the end portion on the opposite side presses the engaging member  1754 , and the engaging member  1754  rotates around the pin  1755 , as illustrated in  FIG. 124 , the engaging members  1754  stand to approach each other in parallel in the axial direction. 
     In other words, the end member  1730  can also switch a posture (protruded posture) in which the engaging member  1754  stands, and an inclined posture (sunken posture). Accordingly, the end member  1730  can also similarly act in accordance with the example of the end member  1630 . 
     In the aspect, an example in which one type of operation portion directly presses the engaging member is illustrated, but not being limited thereto, and an aspect in which the members are interlocked via the plural types of operation portions, and finally, the operation portion which is the closest to the engaging member presses the engaging member, may be employed. In addition, the operation portion and the engaging member may be integrated without being distinguished from each other. 
     Next, a nineteenth aspect will be described.  FIG. 125A  is a front view of an end member  1830 .  FIG. 125B  is a front view illustrating a cut-out part of the end member  1830 .  FIG. 126  is a perspective view illustrating a cut-out part of the end member  1830 .  FIG. 127  is a sectional view from the arrow direction illustrated by C 127 -C 127  in  FIG. 125A . The end member  1830  of the aspect includes a bearing member  1840  and a shaft member  1850 . 
     The bearing member  1840  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  1830 .  FIG. 128  is a perspective view of the bearing member  1840 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 125 to 128 , the bearing member  1840  is configured to include the tubular body  1441 , the contact wall  1442 , the fitting portion  1443 , the gear portion  1444 , and a shaft member holding portion  1845 . 
     The shaft member holding portion  1845  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  1441 , and has a function of holding the shaft member  1850  in the bearing member  1840 . In the aspect, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 127 and 128 , the shaft member holding portion  1845  is configured to include a bottom plate  1846 , a holding tube body  1847 , and a holding groove  1848 . 
     The bottom plate  1846  is a plate-like member which is disposed to block at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  1441 . 
     The holding tube body  1847  is a cylindrical member having a bottom provided at a axis part of the tubular body  1441  in the bottom plate  1846 . The holding tube body  1847  is provided coaxially to the tubular body  1441 , is opened to the side opposite to the fitting portion  1443 , and is configured to have the bottom on the fitting portion  1443  side. 
     The holding groove  1848  is a member which protrudes from the inner surface of the tubular body  1441 , and here, a groove  1848   a  is formed. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 128 , the groove  1848   a  is a groove which considers the direction parallel to the axial direction of the tubular body  1441  as the depth direction, the diameter direction of the tubular body  1441  as the length direction, and the inner circumferential direction of the tubular body  1441  is the width direction, and is opened on the side opposite to the fitting portion  1443 , and on a surface which faces the axis. An opening portion on the side opposite to the fitting portion  1443  has a so-called snap-fit structure in which the groove width becomes narrow. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 127 , two holding grooves  1848  are provided, and two holding grooves  1848  are respectively disposed on one side and on the other side nipping the axis on one diameter of the tubular body  1441 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 125 to 127 , the shaft member  1850  is configured to include a rotating force receiving member  1852  and a regulating member  1860 . 
     The rotating force receiving member  1852  receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and transmits the driving force to the bearing member  1840  when the end member  1830  is in a predetermined posture. In the aspect, the rotating force receiving member  1852  is configured to include two engaging members  1854  and a crank shaft  1855 . 
     The engaging member  1854  is a rod-like member, and is a part which is engaged with and disengaged from the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2 .  FIG. 129  is a perspective view of the engaging member  1854 . The engaging member  1854  is an overall rod-like member, but is provided with a claw portion  1854   a  which is bent in one end portion thereof. It is preferable that the claw portion  1854   a  has a reverse tapered shape or a shape of a hook. Accordingly, it is possible to more stably transmit the rotation. In the aspect, an inclined portion  1854   b  is provided so that a tip end of the claw portion  1854   a  becomes tapered. 
     A slit  1854   c  is provided to pass through the crank shaft  1855 , in the other end portion in the engaging member  1854 . The slit  1854   c  is a slit which has the longitudinal direction in the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the engaging member  1854  extends, and this is substantially the same direction as the direction in which the claw portion  1854   a  is bent. 
     The crank shaft  1855  is a member which holds the engaging member  1854  in the bearing member  1840 , and makes the engaging member  1854  associate with the posture of the regulating member  1860 .  FIG. 130  is a perspective view of the crank shaft  1855 . The crank shaft  1855  is similar to a so-called known crank shaft, and has a shape in which the rod-like member is bent. More specifically, a center protrusion portion  1855   a  in which the center part in the axial direction protrudes with respect to the axis (illustrated by C 130  in  FIG. 130 ) that connects both end parts to one side, is provided, and end portion protrusion portions  1855   b  which protrude to the side opposite to the center protrusion portion  1855   a  are provided between the center protrusion portion  1855   a  and both ends. 
     The regulating member  1860  is configured to include a regulation shaft  1861  and an elastic member  1863 . 
     The regulation shaft  1861  is a columnar member.  FIG. 131  is an outer appearance perspective view of the regulation shaft  1861 . One end portion of the regulation shaft  1861  is a part (truncated cone) of a cone, and an inclined surface  1861   a  is formed. Accordingly, the pressing force from the driving shaft  70  is converted to the pressing force in the longitudinal direction of a shape of a rod of the regulation shaft  1861 , and more smooth attachment to and detachment from the driving shaft  70  are possible. In addition, in the end portion of the regulation shaft  1861 , a slit  1861   b  which passes through the crank shaft  1855  on the side opposite to the inclined surface  1861   a . The slit  1861   b  extends in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the regulation shaft  1861 . 
     The elastic member  1863  is a coined spring. 
     By combining each member as follows, the end member  1830  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 125 to 127 , each of both ends of the crank shaft  1855  is held in the holding groove  1848  disposed on the inner side of the tubular body  1441 , and the crank shaft  1855  is held across two holding grooves  1848  to be rotatable around the axis (line illustrated by C 130  in  FIG. 130 ). 
     At this time, the center protrusion portion  1855   a  of the crank shaft  1855  passes through the slit  1861   b  of the regulation shaft  1861 . In addition, the end portion on the inclined surface  1861   a  side of the regulation shaft  1861  protrudes to the side opposite to the fitting portion  1443  of the tubular body  1441 . In addition, the elastic member  1863  is disposed between the end portion on the slit  1861   b  of the regulation shaft  1861  and the holding tube body  1847  of the bearing member  1840 , and the regulation shaft  1861  is biased in the direction opposite to the fitting portion  1443 . 
     Meanwhile, the slit  1854   c  of the engaging member  1854  passes through each of two end portion protrusion portions  1855   b  of the crank shaft  1855 . In addition, the claw portion  1854   a  side of the engaging member  1854  protrudes in the direction opposite to the fitting portion  1443  of the tubular body  1441 . 
     The end member  1830  combined as described above can take an aspect similar to  FIG. 127  as one posture. In other words, the regulation shaft  1861  protrudes by the biasing force of the elastic member  1863 , and the engaging member  1854  retracts to the fitting portion  1443  side by an action of the crank shaft  1855 . 
     Meanwhile, as illustrated by C 127  in  FIG. 127 , when pressing the regulation shaft  1861  to the fitting portion  1443  side (the downward direction of the paper surface of  FIG. 127 ), the regulation shaft  1861  is moved to the fitting portion  1443  side. Accordingly, as illustrated in  FIG. 132 , by the action of the crank shaft  1855 , the engaging member  1854  protrudes to the side opposite to the fitting portion  1443 . 
     In other words, the end member  1830  can also switch a posture in which the engaging member  1854  protrudes, and a sunken (retracted) posture. Accordingly, the end member  1830  can also similarly act in accordance with the example of the end member  1630 . 
     In the end members of each of the above-described aspects, in any case, by the posture of the regulating member, an aspect in which the engaging member is not engaged with the driving shaft (the engaging member idles in the end members  1430  and  1530 , the engaging member is inclined in the end members  1630  and  1730 , and the engaging member retracts in the end member  1830 ) can be achieved. In addition, the engaging member is engaged with the driving shaft when it is necessary to transmit the rotating force from the driving shaft. Accordingly, it is possible to remarkably reduce the interruption of the engagement due to unnecessary interference in the process of the engagement of the driving shaft and the engaging member, and to perform smooth engagement. 
     In particular, considering that the driving shaft is engaged in a state where the shaft member is finally pressed, when a mechanism which operates as the driving shaft presses the regulating member is employed, since the mechanism is performed mechanically and automatically in a normal process of mounting the processing cartridge, convenience is also improved without additional operations. 
     Next, a twentieth aspect will be described.  FIG. 133  is a perspective view of an end member  1930  included in the aspect.  FIG. 134  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  1930 . Since the configuration elements except the end member  1930  are considered similar to those in the first aspect, here, the end member  1930  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 133 and 134 , the end member  1930  is provided with a bearing member  1940  and a shaft member  1950 . 
     The bearing member  1940  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  1930 .  FIG. 135A  is a perspective view of the bearing member  1940 .  FIG. 135B  is a front view of the bearing member  1940 .  FIG. 135C  is a plan view when viewed from a side on which the shaft member  1950  is disposed, in the bearing member  1940 . Furthermore,  FIG. 136A  is an end surface view along a line illustrated by C 136a -C 136a  in  FIG. 135B . In other words,  FIG. 136A  illustrates an end surface when the bearing member  1940  is cut on a surface orthogonal to the axis of the bearing member  1940 .  FIG. 136B  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 136b -C 136b  in  FIG. 135C . In other words,  FIG. 136B  includes the axis of the bearing member  1940 , and is a sectional view of the bearing member  1940  in the direction along the axis. 
     In addition, in each drawing which will be described below, the end surfaces (sectional surfaces) in the sectional view are illustrated being hatched. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 133 to 136 , the bearing member  1940  is configured to include a tubular body  1941 , a contact wall  1942 , a fitting portion  1943 , a gear portion  1944 , and a shaft member holding portion  1945 . 
     The tubular body  1941  is an overall cylindrical member, the contact wall  1942  and the gear portion  1944  are disposed on the outer side thereof, and the shaft member holding portion  1945  is formed on the inner side thereof. In addition, at least at a part at which the shaft member holding portion  1945  is provided on the inner side of the tubular body  1941 , the inner diameter of the tubular body  1941  is substantially the same as the outer diameter of a rotating shaft  1951  to an extent that the rotating shaft  1951  (refer to  FIG. 137 ) of the shaft member  1950  which will be described later can smoothly move in the axial direction and rotate around the axis. 
     The contact wall  1942  which comes into contact with and is locked to the end surface of the photoreceptor drum  11 , stands from a part of the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  1941 . Accordingly, in a posture in which the end member  1930  is mounted on the photoreceptor drum  11 , the depth of insertion of the end member  1930  into the photoreceptor drum  11  is regulated. 
     In addition, one side of the tubular body  1941  nipping the contact wall  1942 , becomes the fitting portion  1943  which is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 . The fitting portion  1943  is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 , and is fixed to the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  by the adhesive. Accordingly, the end member  1930  is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 . Therefore, the outer diameter of the fitting portion  1943  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the photoreceptor drum  11 , within a range in which the insertion into the cylindrical inner side of the photoreceptor drum  11  is possible. A groove may be formed on the outer circumferential surface in the fitting portion  1943 . Accordingly, the groove is filled with the adhesive, and adhesiveness between the tubular body  1941  (end member  1930 ) and the photoreceptor drum  11  is improved by an anchor effect or the like. 
     The gear portion  1944  is formed on the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  1941  on the side opposite to the fitting portion  1943  nipping the contact wall  1942 . The gear portion  1944  is a gear which transmits the rotating force to another member, such as the developing roller unit, and in the aspect, the gear portion  1944  is a helical gear. However, the type of the gear is not particularly limited, and may be a spur gear. Otherwise, both the helical gear and the spur gear may be disposed being aligned along the axial direction of the tubular body. In addition, it is not necessary to provide the gear. 
     The shaft member holding portion  1945  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  1941 , and which has a function of ensuring a predetermined operation of the shaft member  1950 , and holding the shaft member  1950  in the bearing member  1940 , and functions as one of means for moving and rotating a rotating force receiving member  1958  which will be described later. The shaft member holding portion  1945  includes a bottom plate (lid member)  1946  illustrated in  FIGS. 134 and 136B , and a spiral groove  1947  illustrated in  FIGS. 136A and 136B . 
     The bottom plate  1946  is a disk-like member, and is disposed to block and partition the inner side of the tubular body  1941 . Accordingly, the shaft member  1950  is supported. The attachment of the bottom plate  1946  to the tubular body  1941  can be performed by adhering or welding. In addition, the tubular body  1941  and the bottom plate  1946  may be integrally formed. 
     The spiral grooves  1947  are a plurality of spiral grooves formed on the inner surface of the tubular body  1941 , and as illustrated by L 7  in  FIG. 136A , the depth direction is formed in a radial shape (radial direction) around the axis of the tubular body  1941 . Meanwhile, the longitudinal direction of the spiral groove  1947  is the direction along the axis of the tubular body  1941  as illustrated in  FIG. 136B , and one end side and the other side are twisted to be deviated in the direction along the inner circumference of the tubular body  1941 , and are formed in a spiral shape. In addition, as illustrated by L 8  in  FIG. 136A , the width direction of the spiral groove  1947  is formed to be substantially the same as the diameter of a pin  1967  to the extent that the end portion of the pin  1967  of the shaft member  1950  which will be described later is inserted, and the end portion of the pin  1967  can smoothly move in the groove. 
     In addition, one end of the spiral groove  1947  in the longitudinal direction is blocked by the bottom plate  1946 , and the other end opposite thereto is blocked without reaching the end surface of the tubular body  1941 . 
     In addition, as a standard which illustrates the extent of twisting of the spiral groove  1947 , “torsion” can be defined. In other words, the “torsion” is defined from the distance (size illustrated by L 9  in  FIG. 136 ) between the spiral grooves in the axial direction, and a total torsion angle which is an angle by which the spiral groove is twisted in the circumferential direction around the axis in the distance, and is expressed by the following equation.
 
Torsion (°/mm)=total torsion angle (°)/distance between the spiral grooves in the axial direction (mm)
 
     Furthermore, at least one pair of spiral grooves  1947  are provided to face each other nipping the axis of the tubular body  1941 . In the aspect, an example in which four pairs, that is, a total of eight spiral grooves  1947  are formed, is employed, but one pair, that is, two spiral grooves may be formed. Meanwhile, two, three, five or more pairs of spiral grooves may be provided. When the spiral groove is injection-molded, the injection molding is performed by the releasing while rotating the mold after the injection of the material. 
     A material which configures the bearing member  1940  is not particularly limited, but a resin, such as polyacetal, polycarbonate, or PPS, or metal can be used. Here, in order to improve the rigidity of the member in a case where the resin is used, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, in order to make the attachment or the movement of the shaft member smooth, sliding properties may be improved by containing at least one type of a fluororesin, polyethylene, and silicon rubber in the resin. In addition, the resin may be coated with fluororesin or lubricant. 
     In a case of making the bearing member  1940  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     Returning to  FIGS. 133 and 134 , the shaft member  1950  of the end member  1930  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 134 , the shaft member  1950  is provided with the rotating shaft  1951  and a tip end member  1955 . Furthermore, the shaft member  1950  is provided with a tip end member elastic member  1965 , a rotating shaft elastic member  1966 , and the pin  1967 . Any of the tip end member elastic member  1965  and the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  in the aspect is a coiled spring. 
     Hereinafter, each of the members will be described. 
     The rotating shaft  1951  is a rotating force transmission portion which transmits the rotating force received by the tip end member  1955  to the bearing member  1940 , and is a shaft-shape member which functions as means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 .  FIG. 137A  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  1951 .  FIG. 137B  is a sectional view in the axial direction cut by a line illustrated by C 137b -C 137b  in  FIG. 137A . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 137A and 137B , the rotating shaft  1951  is cylindrical. The cylindrical inner side has the size by which the tip end member elastic member  1965  can be inserted. In the rotating shaft  1951 , a lid portion  1951   a  is provided in one end portion, and an opening portion  1951   b  narrowed with respect to the inner diameter of the cylinder is provided in the lid portion  1951   a . In addition, in the aspect, the opening portion  1951   b  is rectangular. However, the shape of the opening portion is not limited to the rectangular shape, and a shape in which a shaft  1957  (refer to  FIG. 134 ) of the tip end member  1955  inserted thereto does not idle, and is hooked to the opening portion  1951   b  of the rotating shaft  1951 , and the rotating force can be transmitted, may be employed. Therefore, a shape other than a circular shape can be employed. Means thereof is not particularly limited if the rotating shaft  1951  is interlocked to the rotation of the tip end member  1955  while the movement of the tip end member  1955  in the axial direction is possible, and for example, an additional portion, such as a pin, may be used. 
     In addition, in the rotating shaft  1951 , two pin through holes  1951   c , which are orthogonal to the axis of the cylinder, are provided in one diameter direction of the cylinder, and penetrate the inside and the outside of the cylinder, are formed in the end portion opposite to the end portion in which the lid portion  1951   a  is disposed. The pin  1967  (refer to  FIG. 134 ) passes through the pin through hole  1951   c , as will be described later. 
     The tip end member  1955  is a member which receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and transmits the driving force to the rotating shaft  1951 .  FIG. 138A  is a perspective view of the tip end member  1955 .  FIG. 138B  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the tip end member  1955  cut by a line illustrated by C 138a -C 138a  in  FIG. 138A .  FIG. 139A  is a view which is enlarged focusing on the part of the rotating force receiving member  1958  in  FIG. 138A .  FIG. 139B  is a view which is enlarged focusing on the part of the rotating force receiving member  1958  in  FIG. 138B . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 138A and 138B , the tip end member  1955  is configured to include the shaft  1957 , a holding member  1956 , and the rotating force receiving member  1958 . 
     The shaft  1957  is a pillar-like member, and is a quadrangular prism having a rectangular section in the aspect. A sectional shape of the shaft  1957  is formed to be substantially the same as or slightly smaller than the opening portion  1951   b  of the above-described rotating shaft  1951 . 
     The holding member  1956  is a plate-like member which is disposed in one end portion of the shaft  1957 . The holding member  1956  and the shaft  1957  are disposed in an aspect in which one surface of the holding member  1956  overlaps one end surface of the holding member  1956 . Both the holding member  1956  and the shaft  1957  may be formed separately and be adhered and welded to each other, or may be integrally formed. 
     As illustrated in  FIGS. 138A and 138B , the holding member  1956  is formed to be greater than the shaft  1957  in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction. The size and the shape are configured to be stored on the inner side of the above-described rotating shaft  1951 , and not to pass through the opening portion  1951   b . Accordingly, it is possible to hold the tip end member  1955  in the rotating shaft  1951 . In the aspect, an outer shape of the holding member  1956  is substantially the same aspect (that is, a circular shape) as the sectional shape of the inner side of the rotating shaft  1951 . 
     The rotating force receiving member  1958  is disposed in the end portion opposite to the holding member  1956  of the shaft  1957 , and is configured to include two engaging members  1960  which stand from a cylindrical receiving member  1959  and one end surface of the receiving member  1959 . The shaft  1957  and the rotating force receiving member  1958  may be formed separately and be adhered and welded to each other, or may be integrally formed. 
     The receiving member  1959  is disposed coaxially to the shaft  1957  by a member which considers a column provided in the end portion opposite to the holding member  1956  of the end portion of the shaft  1957 , as a base body. 
     The receiving member  1959  has an inclined surface  1959   c  which is inclined in the direction along the axial direction in the outer circumferential portion thereof. As illustrated in  FIGS. 138B and 139B , the inclined surface  1959   c  is an inclination of which the diameter becomes smaller when approaching the engaging member  1960  side, and an end portion thereof is connected to an end surface (edge portion  59   d ) provided with the engaging member  1960  in the receiving member  1959 . 
     Furthermore, in the receiving member  1959 , a recessed portion  1959   a  is formed on a surface on a side on which the engaging member  1960  is formed. The recessed portion  1959   a  is formed so that the tip end portion of the driving shaft  70  which will be described later enters here, and accordingly, the axis of the shaft member  1950  (end member  1930 ) and the axis of the driving shaft  70  match each other. In addition, it is preferable that a bottom surface  59   b  of the recessed portion  1959   a  is a smoothly inclined surface or a bent surface from the viewpoint of smooth engagement to and disengagement from the driving shaft  70 . From the related viewpoint, it is preferable that the recessed portion  1959   a  becomes a part of a spherical surface in which the axis portion is considered as the deepest portion. 
     Two engaging members  1960  are projection-like member, are disposed in the outer circumferential end portion on the surface opposite to the side which is connected to the shaft  1957  in the receiving member  1959 , and are separated from the axis of the receiving member  1959  at the same distance. Both engaging members  1960  are disposed at symmetrical positions nipping the axis. The interval between two engaging members  1960  is formed to be substantially the same as or slightly greater than the diameter of a shaft portion  72  of the driving shaft  70 . In addition, as can be ascertained with reference to  FIG. 144A , the interval between two engaging members  1960  is configured so that the driving projection  71  is hooked to the engaging member  1960 , in a posture in which the shaft portion  72  of the driving shaft  70  is disposed between two engaging members  1960 . 
     Here, the engaging members  1960  are configured as a pair of two engaging members  1960 . In the aspect, an example in which one pair of engaging members  1960  is disposed is described, but two pairs (four members), three pairs (six members), or more pairs of engaging members may be provided. 
     The engaging member  1960  has a shape illustrated in  FIGS. 138A and 139B , but the shape of the surface which forms the engaging member  1960  is as follows. A surface  1960   a  which becomes an outer circumferential side of the receiving member  1959  on the surface of the engaging member  1960 , is the surface  1960   a  which is continuous to the inclined surface  1959   c  formed on the outer circumference of the receiving member  1959 . Therefore, the surface  1960   a  is inclined or bent when approaching the axis according to the separation from the recessed portion  1959   a.    
     A surface  1960   b  which faces the recessed portion  1959   a  side on the surface of the engaging member  1960 , is the surface  1960   b  which is continuous to the  1959   b  of the recessed portion  1959   a . Therefore, the surface  1960   b  is inclined or bent when being separated from the axis according to the separation from the recessed portion  1959   a.    
     A surface  1960   c  which is one surface which faces the receiving member  1959  in the circumferential direction on the surface of the engaging member  1960  is inclined or bent in the direction in which a normal line (for example, a line illustrated by N in  FIG. 139B ) is separated from the receiving member  1959  at any part. 
     A surface  1960   e  which is the other one surface that is a surface opposite to the surface  1960   c  on the surface of the engaging member  1960 , and faces the receiving member  1959  in the circumferential direction, has an inclined or bent surface to form a recessed portion  1960   d . Therefore, the recessed portion  1960   d  is a recessed portion which is recessed in the circumferential direction of the receiving member  1959 . A part of the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  on the inner side of the recessed portion  1960   d  enters the recessed portion  1960   d , and the recessed portion  1960   d  is formed to have the size by which the driving projection  71  is engaged with the engaging member  1960 . 
     Here, in two engaging members  1960 , in the circumferential direction of the receiving member  1959 , the surfaces  1960   e  of one engaging member  1960  are aligned to face the surfaces  1960   c  of the other engaging member  1960 . In addition, the recessed portion  1960   d  is formed to be recessed in the rotational direction in which the driving force is transmitted, in the engaging member  1960 . Accordingly, as will be described later, it is possible to appropriately engage the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70 . 
     Returning to  FIG. 134 , other configuration elements provided in the shaft member  1950  will be described. The tip end member elastic member  1965  and the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  are so-called elastic members, and any of the tip end member elastic member  1965  and the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  functions as means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 . In the aspect, both are the coiled springs. In addition, the pin  1967  is the means which moves and rotates the rotating force receiving member  1958 , and is a rod-like member which functions as a projection that moves on the inner side of the spiral groove  1947 . The dispositions and the actions of each member will be described later. 
     A material which configures each member of the shaft member  1950  is not particularly limited, but various types of resin or metal can be used. 
     In a case of making the shaft member  1950  by the resin, for example, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide imide (PAD, polyetherether keton (PEEK), polyether imide (PEI), 4F-perfluoro alkyl vinyl ether (PFA), polyether sulfone (PES), liquid crystal polymer (LCP) resin, or polyamide MXD6 (PA-MXD6), can be appropriately used. However, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, by inserting metal into the resin, the rigidity may further be improved. 
     Meanwhile, in a case of making the shaft member  1950  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of having elasticity, the shaft member  1950  and any member included in the shaft member  1950 , may be made by bending a metal plate, or may be made by making the metal, glass, or carbon fiber infiltrate into the resin. 
     By combining the bearing member  1940  and the shaft member  1950  with each other as follows, the end member  1930  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood.  FIG. 140  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the end member  1930 .  FIG. 141A  is a sectional view of the end member  1930  along a line illustrated by C 141a -C 141a  in  FIG. 140 .  FIG. 141B  is a sectional view of the end member  1930  by a line illustrated by C 141b -C 141b  in  FIG. 141A . However, in  FIGS. 141A and 141B , for making it easy to understand, regarding the shaft member  1950 , only the pin  1967  is illustrated. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 140 , the shaft  1957  of the tip end member  1955  passes through the opening portion  1951   b  of the rotating shaft  1951 . At this time, the holding member  1956  of the tip end member  1955  is included on the inner side of the rotating shaft  1951 , and the rotating force receiving member  1958  of the tip end member  1955  is disposed to protrude from the rotating shaft  1951 . 
     Meanwhile, the pin  1967  passes to cross over the two pin through holes  1951   c  of the rotating shaft  1951 . At this time, both ends of the pin  1967  respectively protrude from the side surface of the rotating shaft  1951 , and function as projections. 
     In addition, the tip end member elastic member  1965  is disposed between the holding member  1956  of the tip end member  1955  and the pin  1967  on the inner side of the rotating shaft  1951 . Therefore, one side of the tip end member elastic member  1965  comes into contact with the holding member  1956 , and the other side thereof comes into contact with the pin  1967 . Accordingly, the tip end member  1955  is biased in the direction in which the tip end member elastic member  1965  biases the tip end member  1955  and makes the tip end member  1955  protrude from the rotating shaft  1951 . However, since the holding member  1956  cannot pass through the opening portion  1951   b  of the rotating shaft  1951 , the tip end member  1955  is held in a state of being biased without falling out of the rotating shaft  1951 . 
     In this manner, in the rotating shaft  1951  combined by the tip end member  1955 , the tip end member elastic member  1965 , and the pin  1967 , the side on which the tip end member  1955  is not disposed is inserted toward the bottom plate  1946  side of the shaft member holding portion  1945  formed on the inner side of the bearing member  1940 . At this time, as illustrated in  FIGS. 141A and 141B , the end portion of the pin  1967  protruded from the side surface of the rotating shaft  1951  is inserted into the spiral groove  1947  formed in the shaft member holding portion  1945  of the bearing member  1940 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 140 , on the inner side of the bearing member  1940 , the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  is disposed between the rotating shaft  1951  and the bottom plate  1946 . Therefore, one side of the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  comes into contact with the rotating shaft  1951 , and the other side of the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  comes into contact with the bottom plate  1946 . Accordingly, the rotating shaft  1951  is biased in the direction in which the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  biases the rotating shaft  1951  and makes the rotating shaft  1951  including the tip end member  1955  protrude from the bearing member  1940 . However, since the tip end of the pin  1967  is inserted into the spiral groove  1947  of the bearing member  1940 , and both ends of the spiral groove  1947  are blocked as described above, the rotating shaft  1951  is held in a state of being biased without falling out of the bearing member  1940 . 
     Above, in the posture in which each member is combined, the axes of the bearing member  1940 , the rotating shaft  1951 , and the tip end member  1955  match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  1930  can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described.  FIG. 142  is a perspective view in one posture of the end member  1930 . 
     In the postures illustrated in  FIGS. 140 to 142 , the entire shaft member  1950  is in a posture of being protruded the most from the bearing member  1940  within a possible range, by the tip end member elastic member  1965  and the rotating shaft elastic member  1966 . When any external force is not applied to the shaft member  1950 , the end member  1930  is in this posture. 
     From this posture, as illustrated by C 140a  in  FIGS. 140 and 142 , when the rotating force around the axis is applied to the rotating force receiving member  1958  of the tip end member  1955 , following this, the shaft  1957  rotates. Since the shaft  1957  and the opening portion  1951   b  of the rotating shaft  1951  do not idle, the rotating force is transmitted to the rotating shaft  1951 , and as illustrated by an arrow C 140b  in  FIGS. 140 and 142 , the rotating shaft  1951  also rotates. 
     When the rotating shaft  1951  rotates in this manner, the pin  1967  also rotates. Then, firstly, the pin  1967  presses the side wall of the spiral groove  1947 , transmits the rotation to the bearing member  1940 , and as illustrated by an arrow C 140c  in  FIGS. 140 and 142 , the bearing member  1940  rotates. Accordingly, the photoreceptor drum  11  attached to the bearing member  1940  also rotates around the axis. 
     Secondly, since the tip end of the pin  1967  is inserted into the spiral groove  1947 , when the rotating shaft  1951  rotates, as illustrated by an arrow C 141c  in  FIG. 141B , the pin  1967  also moves in the axial direction. Accordingly, the rotating shaft  1951  to which the pin  1967  is attached, and the tip end member  1955  attached thereto, also move against the biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  as illustrated by an arrow C 140d  in  FIGS. 140 and 142 , or in the biasing direction. 
     Therefore, in the end member  1930 , according to the rotation of the rotating force receiving member  1958 , the rotation around the axis of the end member  1930  and the movement of the rotating shaft  1951  and the tip end member  1955  in the direction along the axis, are also performed. 
     In addition to the description above, the end member  1930  can be deformed as follows.  FIG. 143  is a view illustrating this.  FIG. 143  is a view from the same viewpoint as that of  FIG. 140 . In other words, in the end member  1930 , when the force is applied to the rotating force receiving member  1958  of the tip end member  1955  in the axial direction, other members are not deformed as illustrated by an arrow C 143  in  FIG. 143 , and only the tip end member  1955  moves in the axial direction. 
     In the above-described end member  1930 , the fitting portion  1943  of the end member  1930  is inserted and adhered to one end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  (refer to  FIGS. 144A and 145 ). In addition, the non-driving side end member  20  is disposed in the other end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 , and the photoreceptor drum unit can be made. 
     In the posture in which the processing cartridge  3  is mounted on the apparatus main body  2 , the driving shaft  70  and the rotating force receiving member  1958  provided in the shaft member  1950  of the end member  1930 , are engaged with each other, and the rotating force is transmitted.  FIG. 144A  is a perspective view of a scene where the rotating force receiving member  1958  of the end member  1930  is engaged with the driving shaft  70 . In addition,  FIG. 144B  is an enlarged view illustrating a scene of the engagement. Furthermore,  FIG. 145  is a sectional view along the axial direction. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 144A, 144B, and 145 , in the posture in which the driving shaft  70  and the rotating force receiving member  1958  are engaged with each other, the axis of the driving shaft  70  and the axis of the shaft member  1950  are disposed to abut against each other to match each other. At this time, the tip end of the shaft portion  72  of the driving shaft  70  gets into between two engaging members  1960  of the rotating force receiving member  1958 , and is disposed on the inner side of the recessed portion  1959   a  of the receiving member  1959 . 
     In addition, the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  is engaged to be hooked to the engaging member  1960  of the rotating force receiving member  1958  from the side surface. At this time, the driving projection  71  gets into the inner side of the recessed portion  1960   d  of the engaging member  1960 . 
     In this posture, as illustrated in by an arrow C 144b  in  FIG. 144B , when the driving shaft  70  rotates in the rotating force transmitting direction, the driving projection  71  enters the recessed portion  1960   d  of the engaging member  1960 , and is hooked to the engaging member  1960 , and the rotating force is transmitted as illustrated by an arrow C 144c  in  FIG. 144B . At this time, the rotating shaft  1951  moves in the direction illustrated by C 144d  in  FIG. 144B  by the actions of the spiral groove  1947  of the bearing member  1940  and the pin  1967 . However, since the driving projection  71  of the driving shaft  70  gets into and is engaged with the recessed portion  1960   d  of the engaging member  1960  of the rotating force receiving member  1958 , the engagement of the driving projection  71  and the recessed portion  1960   d  is not released, and stable linking is maintained. A force which moves in the direction illustrated by an arrow C 144d  is a force which pulls the driving shaft  70 , and the force acts to further stabilize the rotation. 
     However, at this time, the pulling force by the spiral groove  1947  is weaker than the force by which the engaging member  1960  is engaged with the driving shaft  70 . More specifically, it is preferable to configure as follows. 
     As schematically illustrated in  FIG. 145 , it is preferable that the following established expression in a pulling force by the engaging member illustrated by P, a biasing force of the rotating shaft elastic member illustrated by Q, and a force in the axial direction by the spiral groove illustrated by R, is the condition of the rotation driving.
 
 R≦P+Q  
 
     Here, P is a force which moves in the direction of approaching the driving shaft of the apparatus main body during the driving rotation by the shape of the engaging member of the tip end member, Q is a force which is generated by the rotating force elastic member, and moves in the direction of approaching the driving shaft of the apparatus main body, and R is a force which is generated by the spiral groove of the main body during the rotation driving, and is moved in the direction of separating the rotating shaft from the driving shaft of the apparatus main body. 
     Next, a modification example of the aspect will be described. The processing cartridge  3  is smoothly attachable to and detachable from the apparatus main body  2 . Meanwhile, furthermore, the following configuration is possible for making more smooth attachment and detachment possible.  FIG. 146  is a schematic view illustrating an idea on the assumption of first to third modification examples.  FIG. 146A  is a schematic view of the posture which corresponds to  FIG. 144A  in a view of a state where the rotating force is transmitted to an end member  1930 ′ of the processing cartridge from a driving shaft  70 ′ of the apparatus main body.  FIG. 146B  is a schematic view of a scene where the end member  1930 ′ of the processing cartridge is disengaged from the driving shaft  70 ′ of the apparatus main body. 
     In  FIG. 146A , in a posture in which a driving projection  71 ′ of the driving shaft  70 ′ is engaged with two engaging members  1960 ′ of the end member  1930 ′, the driving projection  71 ′ rotates as illustrated by an arrow C 146a  around the axis of the driving shaft  70 ′. In addition, the rotating force transmitted to the engaging member  1960 ′ rotates a shaft  51 ′, and further, rotates a pin  1967 ′ around the axis of a rotating shaft  1951 ′. Both ends of the pin  1967 ′ are inserted into a spiral groove  1947 ′ of a bearing member  1940 ′. Here, in the aspect, in the engaging member  1960 ′, an inclined surface which is inclined in the direction in which the engaging member  1960 ′ is unlikely to be disengaged from the driving shaft  70 ′, the driving projection  71 ′ comes into contact with the inclined surface, and the rotating force is transmitted. 
     In the posture illustrated in  FIG. 146A , a force which is illustrated by F in  FIG. 146A  acts on the engaging member  1960 ′ from the driving projection  71 ′ by the rotation of the driving shaft  70 ′, and at this time, as described above, since the engaging member  1960 ′ is in contact with the driving projection  71 ′ on the inclined surface, a component of force acts upward on the paper surface as illustrated by Fa. Since the same components of force Fa are generated in each of two engaging members  1960 ′, when the components of force are combined, 2·Fa is obtained. 
     Meanwhile, the pin  1967 ′ presses a side wall of the spiral groove  1947 ′ by the transmitted rotating force, by a force illustrated by G in  FIG. 146A . However, since the side wall of the spiral groove  1947 ′ is an inclined surface which is inclined with respect to the direction along the axis of the end member  1930 ′, a component of force acts downward on the paper surface as illustrated by Ga. The component of force Ga is a force in the orientation opposite to the above-described component of force Fa. Since the same components of force Ga are generated at each of both ends of the pin  1967 ′, when the components of force are combined, 2·Ga is obtained. 
     In a scene of  FIG. 146A , from the viewpoint that the rotating force is stably transmitted, since it is necessary that the engaging member  1960 ′ and the driving shaft  70 ′ are not disengaged from each other, 2·Fa&gt;2·Ga, that is, the following is preferable.
 
Fa&gt;Ga  (1)
 
     Meanwhile, in  FIG. 146B , in a posture in which the driving projection  71 ′ of the driving shaft  70 ′ is engaged with two engaging members  1960 ′ of the end member  1930 ′, the end member  1930 ′ is moved in the direction of the arrow C 146b . Then, it is possible to assume that the force F is applied to one of two engaging members  1960 ′. In addition, accordingly, the pin  1967 ′ is considered to rotate in the direction of the arrow C 146c  around the axis of the shaft  51 ′. 
     Then, in the posture illustrated in  FIG. 146B , the force acts as illustrated by F in  FIG. 146B  with respect to the engaging member  1960 ′ from the driving projection  71 ′, and at this time, as described above, since the engaging member  1960 ′ is in contact with the driving projection  71 ′ on the inclined surface, the component of force acts upward on the paper surface as illustrated by Fa. Since the component of force Fa is generated in one engaging member  1960 ′, the total force is also Fa. 
     Meanwhile, the pin  1967 ′ presses the side wall of the spiral groove  1947 ′ of the bearing member  1940 ′ by the transmitted rotating force, but since the force at this time is a half of that in a case of  FIG. 146A , the pin  1967 ′ presses the side wall by a force of G/2. In addition, since the side wall of the spiral groove  1947 ′ is an inclined surface, the component of force acts downward on the paper surface as illustrated by Ga/2. In other words, the component of force Ga/2 is a force in the orientation opposite to the above-described Fa. Since the components of force Ga/2 are generated at both ends of the pin  1967 ′, when the components of force are combined, Ga is obtained. 
     In the scene of  FIG. 146B , from the viewpoint that the end member  1930 ′ and the driving shaft  70 ′ are easily disengaged from each other, the following is preferable.
 
Fa&lt;Ga  (2)
 
     Here, when comparing the expression (1) and the expression (2), preferable force relationships are opposite to each other. Accordingly, there is a concern that it is difficult to achieve both ensuring the smooth rotating force transmission and more simple attachment and detachment of the processing cartridge. Meanwhile, for example, it is possible to solve the problem by the following aspect. 
       FIG. 147  is a view illustrating a first modification example.  FIG. 147  is a sectional view along the axial direction illustrating a part of a receiving member  2059  provided in the modification example.  FIG. 10B  is a corresponding view. Parts other than the receiving member  2059  correspond to the description of the end member  1930  of the first aspect. In addition, in  FIG. 147 , parts which are the same as those of the receiving member  1959  are given the same reference numerals. 
     In the aspect, a recessed portion  2059   a  is formed on the end surface on the side on which the engaging member  1960  is formed in the receiving member  2059 . The recessed portion  2059   a  is formed so that the tip end portion of the driving shaft  70  enters here. In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 147 , a side surface  159   b  of a recessed portion  159   a  is inclined to be widened to the opening side, and further, a projected portion  2059   c  is provided. 
     The receiving member  2059  acts as follows.  FIG. 148  is a scene where the receiving member  2059  is engaged with the driving shaft  70 .  FIG. 148A  illustrates a posture in which the rotating force is transmitted.  FIG. 148B  illustrates a posture in which the rotating force is transmitted, and a scene where the driving shaft  70  is disengaged from the receiving member  2059 . 
     In the posture in which the rotating force is transmitted, as illustrated in  FIG. 148A , the receiving member  2059  and the driving shaft  70  are engaged with each other as usual, the rotating force is transmitted. At this time, it is possible to configure to satisfy the above-described expression (1). 
     Meanwhile, in a scene where the receiving member  2059  (that is, the processing cartridge) is disengaged from the driving shaft  70 , as illustrated in  FIG. 148B , when the processing cartridge is moved, the tip end portion of the driving shaft  70  slides on a surface of a projected portion  159   c . At this time, since the projected portion  2059   c  is projected, as illustrated by H in  FIG. 148B , a large force which is generated in the same direction as that of Ga in the axial direction. Therefore, in the modification example, instead of the expression (2), an expression (3) can be employed.
 
 Fa−H&lt;Ga   (3)
 
     According to this, it is possible to establish both the expression (1) and the expression (3), and to more reliably ensure the stabilized transmission of the rotation driving force and smooth disengagement of the processing cartridge from the driving shaft  70 . 
       FIG. 149  is a view illustrating a second modification example.  FIG. 149  is a perspective view illustrating a part of the receiving member  2159  provided in the modification example. Parts other than the receiving member  2159  corresponds to the description of the end member  1930  of the above-described first aspect. In addition, in  FIG. 149 , the same parts as those in the receiving member  1959  are given the same reference numerals. 
     In the aspect, a recessed portion  2159   a  is formed on the end surface on the side on which the engaging member  1960  of the receiving member  2159  is formed. The recessed portion  2159   a  is formed so that the tip end portion of the driving shaft  70  enters. In addition, on the side surface of the recessed portion  2159   a , as can be ascertained from  FIG. 149 , a spiral groove  2159   b  which extends in a radial shape when viewed from the axis, and is formed to be curved in the circumferential direction around the axis, is provided. 
     The receiving member  2159  acts as follows.  FIGS. 150   151 , and  152  are scenes where the receiving member  2159  is engaged with the driving shaft  70 .  FIG. 150A  is a posture in which the rotating force is transmitted.  FIGS. 150B and 151  are scenes where the driving shaft  70  is disengaged from the receiving member  2159 .  FIG. 152  is a view illustrating a force generated in the disengaged scene.  FIG. 152  is a schematic view in accordance with  FIG. 146B . 
     In the scene where the rotating force is transmitted, as illustrated in  FIG. 150A , the receiving member  2159  and the driving shaft  70  are engaged with each other as usual, and the rotating force is transmitted. At this time, it is possible to configure to satisfy the above-described expression (1). 
     Meanwhile, in the scene where the receiving member  2159  (that is, processing cartridge) is disengaged from the driving shaft  70 , as illustrated in  FIGS. 150B and 151 , when the processing cartridge is moved, the tip end portion of the driving shaft  70  slides on the spiral groove  2159   b . Accordingly, as illustrated by J in  FIG. 151 , the rotating force is generated. The J is generated at a part different from the engaging member  1960 ′ as illustrated in  FIG. 152 , the rotating shaft  1951 ′ is rotated, and further, the pin  1967 ′ is rotated around the axis of the rotating shaft  1951 ′. In addition, the pin  1967 ′ presses the side wall of the spiral groove  1947 ′ of the bearing member  1940 ′ by the transmitted rotating force, but the force at this time presses the side wall by a force of J/2 as illustrated in  FIG. 152 . In addition, since the side wall of the spiral groove  1947 ′ is the inclined surface, the component of force acts downward on the paper surface as illustrated by Ja/2. In other words, the component of force Ja/2 is a force in the orientation opposite to the above-described Fa. Since the components of force Ja/2 are generated at both ends of the pin  1967 ′, when the components of force are combined, Ja is obtained. The Ja is a force which acts in the same orientation as Ga illustrated in  FIG. 146B . Therefore, in the modification example, in addition to the relationship of F and G generated by the engaging member  1960  as illustrated in  FIG. 146B , the above-described force acts based on the J, and instead of the expression (2), an expression (4) can be employed.
 
 Fa&lt;Ga+Ja   (4)
 
     According to the modification example, it is possible to establish both the expression (1) and the expression (4), and to more reliably ensure the stabilized transmission of the rotation driving force and the smooth disengagement of the processing cartridge from the driving shaft  70 . In addition, since it is preferable that the driving shaft is likely to operate along the spiral groove for generating J more efficiently, it is preferable that the friction of both members is higher. Therefore, the spiral groove may be made by rubber (urethane rubber or the like), and may be made by rubber coating. 
       FIGS. 153 and 154  illustrate a view illustrating a third modification example. According to this, while the preferable force relationships are opposite to each other when comparing the above-described expressions (1) and (2), it is possible to solve a concern that it is difficult to achieve both ensuring the smooth transmission of the rotating force and more simple attachment and detachment of the processing cartridge. In addition, in the modification example, since a basic shape can be configured to be the same as that of the end member  1930 , the reference numeral is the same as that of the end member  1930 . 
     In other words, in the process of the above-described disengagement, based on the elastic deformation of the rotating shaft  1951  and/or the tip end member  1955 , or clearance between the members, as the rotating force receiving member  1958  is slightly inclined, the engaging member  1960  is more likely to be disengaged from the driving shaft  70 , and more smooth disengagement is possible. Specifically,  FIGS. 153 and 154  are views illustrating this.  FIGS. 153A and 154A  are sectional views illustrating a posture in which the end member  1930  is engaged with the driving shaft  70 , and the rotating force is transmitted.  FIG. 153B  is a view illustrating an example in which the rotating shaft  1951  and the tip end member  1955  are inclined.  FIG. 154B  is a view illustrating an example in which the tip end member  1955  is inclined. 
     According to the example of  FIG. 153B , from the posture illustrated in  FIG. 153A , when the processing cartridge is moved as illustrated by an arrow C 153  in  FIG. 153B , the tip end member  1955  is hooked to the driving shaft  70 , and the rotating shaft  1951 , the tip end member  1955 , and the pin  1967  are inclined as a whole by an angle of θ 1  with respect to the axis. In this manner, in order to make it possible to incline the rotating shaft  1951 , the tip end member  1955 , and the pin  1967 , a method for providing a predetermined void between the outer circumference of the rotating shaft  1951  and a part to which the rotating shaft  1951  of the bearing member  1940  is inserted, can be employed as an example. 
     According to the example of  FIG. 154B , from the posture illustrated in  FIG. 154A , when the processing cartridge is moved as illustrated by an arrow C 154  in  FIG. 154B , the tip end member  1955  is hooked to the driving shaft  70 , and the tip end member  1955  is inclined by an angle of θ 2  with respect to the axis. In this manner, in order to make it possible to incline the tip end member  1955 , for example, a method for providing a predetermined void between the outer circumference of the shaft  1957  of the tip end member  1955  and the opening portion  1951   b  which is a part to which the shaft  1957  of the rotating shaft  1951  is inserted, can be employed as an example. 
     According to the end member of the aspect, as illustrated in  FIGS. 153A and 154A , by the inclination θ 1 , the inclination θ 2 , or the inclination θ 1 +θ 2  which is a sum of both inclinations, the receiving member  1959  and the driving shaft  70  are engaged with each other as usual in the scene where the rotating force is transmitted, and the rotating force is transmitted. At this time, it is possible to configure to satisfy the above-described expression (1). 
     Meanwhile, in the scene where the end member  1930  (that is, the processing cartridge) is disengaged from the driving shaft  70 , as the processing cartridge is moved as illustrated in  FIGS. 153B and 154B , as described above, the receiving member  1959  is inclined. Then, the component of force Fa illustrated by  FIG. 146B  is smaller than the extent of the inclination. Specifically, when a coefficient which is determined by the extent of the inclination is 0&lt;x&lt;1, the component of force which is smaller than the inclination can be expressed by x·Fa. Therefore, in this case, instead of the expression (2), the expression (3) can be employed.
 
xFa&lt;Ga  (3)
 
     According to this, it is possible to establish both the expression (1) and the expression (3), and to more reliably ensure the stabilized transmission of the rotation driving force and the smooth disengagement of the processing cartridge from the driving shaft  70 . 
     Specifically, it is preferable that the angle of the inclination is greater than 0° and equal to or smaller than 10° (illustrated by θ 1  and θ 2  in  FIGS. 153B and 154B ) with respect to the axis of the fixing member  30 . When the angle is 0°, the inclination is not made. In addition, when the angle is greater than 10°, the allowed inclination is extremely large, and as illustrated in  FIGS. 153A and 154A , there is a concern that rattling or the like is generated even in the posture in which the rotating force is transmitted as usual, and a possibility of interrupting the stabilized rotation increases. It is more preferable that the angle of inclination is greater than 0° equal to or smaller than 5°. 
     In addition, the inclination may be allowed to be the same in all directions with respect to the axis, or only the inclination in the specific direction may be allowed. A specific aspect for allowing the inclination in the specific direction is not particularly limited, but for example, the inclination can be performed as a hole which regulates the inclination of the shaft member  1950  is formed to be long in the direction in which the inclination is allowed. 
     Next, a twenty first aspect will be described.  FIG. 155  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  2230  included in the twenty first aspect.  FIG. 156  is an exploded sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  2230 . The end member  2230  is provided with a bearing member  2240  and a shaft member  2250 . 
     The bearing member  2240  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  2230 .  FIG. 157A  is a perspective view of a main body  2241  of the bearing member  2240 .  FIG. 157B  is a plan view of the main body  2241 . 
     The bearing member  2240  includes the main body  2241  and a lid member  2242 , and as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 155 and 157 , the main body  2241  is configured to include the tubular body  1941 , the fitting portion  1943 , the gear portion  1944 , and a shaft member holding portion  2245 . 
     The tubular body  1941 , the fitting portion  1943 , and the gear portion  1944  are similar to those in the end member  1930 , the same reference numerals will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The shaft member holding portion  2245  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  1941 , and which has a function of ensuring a predetermined operation of the shaft member  2250 , and holding the shaft member  2250  in the bearing member  2240 , and functions as one of means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 . The shaft member holding portion  2245  includes a bottom plate  2246  and a spiral portion  2247  which is a space in which the section is twisted in the axial direction. 
     The bottom plate  2246  is a disk-like member, and is disposed to block and partition at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  1941 . Accordingly, the shaft member  2250  is supported. In the aspect, a hole  2246   a  is formed in the center portion thereof. The attachment of the bottom plate  2246  to the tubular body  1941  can be performed by adhering or welding. In addition, the tubular body  1941  and the bottom plate  2246  may be integrally formed. 
     The spiral groove  2247  is a space formed on the inner surface of the tubular body  1941 , and as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 156 and 157B , in the aspect, a section which is orthogonal to the axial direction is substantially triangular, the section is formed to gradually rotate around the axis along the axial direction, and becomes a shape of a so-called twisted triangular prism (in  FIG. 157B , an opening edge of the spiral portion is illustrated by a solid line, and an example of a section in the depth in the axial direction is illustrated by a dotted line). 
     In addition, one end of the spiral portion  2247  in the longitudinal direction blocks a part thereof by the bottom plate  2246 , and the other end opposite thereto blocks a part thereof by the lid member  2242 . 
     The lid member  2242  is a disk-like member which is disposed on the side opposite to the bottom plate  2246  nipping the shaft member holding portion  2245 , and is provided with a hole  2242   a  at the center thereof. In the aspect, a claw  2242   b  is provided, is engaged with the main body  2241 , and is fixed in a so-called snap-fit manner. However, means of fixing the lid is not limited thereto, and the adhesive or welding by heat or ultrasound wave can be used as another means. 
     A material which configures each member of the bearing member  2240  is not particularly limited, but various types of resin or metal can be used. 
     In a case of making the bearing member  2240  by the resin, for example, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide imide (PAD, polyetherether keton (PEEK), polyether imide (PEI), 4F-perfluoro alkyl vinyl ether (PFA), polyether sulfone (PES), liquid crystal polymer (LCP) resin, or polyamide MXD6 (PA-MXD6), can be appropriately used. However, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber, the carbon fiber, or the inorganic filler may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, by inserting metal into the resin, the rigidity may further be improved. In addition, in order to make the attachment or the movement of the shaft member smooth, sliding properties may be improved by containing at least one type of a fluororesin, polyethylene, and silicon rubber in the resin. In addition, the resin may be coated with fluororesin or lubricant. 
     Meanwhile, in a case of making the bearing member  2240  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of having elasticity, the bearing member  2240  and any member included in the bearing member  2240 , may be made by bending a metal plate, or may be made by making the metal, glass, or carbon fiber infiltrate into the resin. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 155 and 156 , the shaft member  2250  is provided with a rotating shaft  2251  and a tip end member  2255 . Furthermore, the shaft member  2250  is provided with a tip end member elastic member  2265 , a rotating shaft elastic member  2266 , and a pin  2267 . Any of the tip end member elastic member  2265  and the rotating shaft elastic member  2266  in the aspect is a coiled spring. 
     Hereinafter, each of the members will be described. 
     The rotating shaft  2251  is a rotating force transmission portion which transmits the rotating force received by the tip end member  2255  to the bearing member  2240 , and is a shaft-shape member which functions as means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 .  FIG. 158  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  2251 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 155, 156, and 158 , in the rotating shaft  2251 , a cylindrical member  2252  and a columnar member  2253  are coaxially linked to each other. The inner side of the cylinder has the size by which the tip end member elastic member  2265  can be inserted. In the rotating shaft  2251 , two long holes  2251   a  which penetrate in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction are formed at the cylindrical parts. Two long holes  2251   a  are disposed on one diameter of the cylindrical member  2252 . In addition, the long hole  2251   a  considers the axial direction as the longitudinal direction. 
     In addition, in the outer circumferential portion of the rotating shaft  2251 , at a boundary part between the cylindrical member  2252  and the columnar member  2253 , a spiral pillar-like portion  2254  which is twisted corresponding to the shape of the above-described spiral portion  2247 , is provided. 
     The tip end member  2255  is a member which receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and transmits the driving force to the rotating shaft  2251 . As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 155 and 156 , the tip end member  2255  is configured to include a shaft  2257  and the rotating force receiving member  1958 . 
     The shaft  2257  is a pillar-like member, and is a column in the aspect. In addition, in the shaft  2257 , a hole  2257   a  which penetrates in the direction orthogonal to the axis is formed. 
     Since the rotating force receiving member  1958  is similar to the above-described end member  1930 , the description thereof will be omitted. 
     Returning to  FIG. 155 , another configuration provided in the shaft member  2250  will be described. The tip end member elastic member  2265  and the rotating shaft elastic member  2266  are so-called elastic members, and any of the tip end member elastic member  2265  and the rotating shaft elastic member  2266  functions as means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 . In the aspect, both are the coiled springs. In addition, the pin  2267  is the means for holding the tip end member  2255  to be movable in the rotating shaft  2251 . 
     A material which configures each member of the shaft member  2250  is not particularly limited, but various types of resin or metal can be used. 
     In a case of making the shaft member  2250  by the resin, for example, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide imide (PAI), polyetherether keton (PEEK), polyether imide (PEI), 4F-perfluoro alkyl vinyl ether (PFA), polyether sulfone (PES), liquid crystal polymer (LCP) resin, or polyamide MXD6 (PA-MXD6), can be appropriately used. However, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber, the carbon fiber, or the inorganic filler may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, by inserting metal into the resin, the rigidity may further be improved. 
     Meanwhile, in a case of making the shaft member  2250  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of having elasticity, the shaft member  2250  and any member included in the shaft member  2250 , may be made by bending a metal plate, or may be made by making the metal, glass, or carbon fiber infiltrate into the resin. 
     By combining the bearing member  2240  and the shaft member  2250  with each other as follows, the end member  2230  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 156 , the shaft  2257  of the tip end member  2255  is disposed on the inner side of the cylindrical member  2252  of the rotating shaft  2251 , and the pin  2267  passes through the long hole  2251   a  of the rotating shaft  2251  and the hole  2257   a  of the tip end member  2255 . Accordingly, the tip end member  2255  is held in the rotating shaft  2251 . At this time, the tip end member elastic member  2265  is disposed on the inner side of the cylindrical member  2252 , and accordingly, the tip end member  2255  is biased in the projecting direction from the rotating shaft  2251 . 
     In this manner, in the rotating shaft  2251  combined by the tip end member  2255 , the tip end member elastic member  2265 , and the pin  2267 , the columnar member  2253  which is on the side on which the tip end member  2255  is not disposed is inserted toward the bottom plate  2246  side of the shaft member holding portion  2245  formed on the inner side of the main body  2241  of the bearing member  2240 . At this time, the spiral pillar-like portion  2254  of the rotating shaft  2251  is disposed on the inner side of the spiral portion  2247  of the shaft member holding portion  2245 . In addition, the columnar member  2253  passes through the hole  2246   a  of the bottom plate  2246 . In addition, the rotating shaft elastic member  2266  is disposed between the bottom plate  2246  and the pillar-like portion  2254 , and biases the rotating shaft  2251  toward the tip end member  2255  side. 
     In addition, the lid member  2242  is disposed, and the rotating shaft  2251  is held in the bearing member  2240 . At this time, since the cylindrical member  2252  in the rotating shaft  2251  is disposed in the hole  2242   a  of the lid member  2242 , and the spiral pillar-like portion  2254  cannot pass through the hole  2242   a , the spiral pillar-like portion  2254  is held on the inner side of the bearing member  2240 , and the rotating shaft  2251  is held in a state of being biased without falling out of the bearing member  2240 . 
     Above, in the posture in which each member is combined, the axes of the bearing member  2240 , the rotating shaft  2251 , and the tip end member  2255  match each other. 
     According to the above-described end member  2230 , the relationship between the spiral portion  2247  and the spiral pillar-like portion  2254  acts in accordance with the example of the relationship between the spiral groove  1947  and the pin  1967  in the end member  1930 , and the end member  2230  can also operate similar to the end member  1930 . 
     An end member  2230 ′ according to a modification example will be described in  FIGS. 159 and 160 .  FIG. 159  is an exploded perspective view of a bearing member  2240 ′ included in the end member  2230 ′.  FIG. 160A  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  2230 ′.  FIG. 160B  is a perspective view along the axial direction illustrating a scene where the shaft member  2250  is inclined. 
     In the modification example, the bearing member  2240 ′ is employed instead of the bearing member  2240 . In the bearing member, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 159 , a hole  2246 ′ a  of a bottom plate  2246 ′ which is provided in a main body  2241 ′ is a long hole. Furthermore, a hole  2242 ′ a  of a lid member  2242 ′ is also a long hole. The longitudinal directions of two holes  2246 ′ a  and  2242 ′ a  are the same direction. 
     Accordingly, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 160A and 160B , the shaft member  2250  (rotating shaft  2251 ) which is inserted into the holes  2246 ′ a  and  2242 ′ a  allows an inclination of the holes  2246 ′ a  and  2242 ′ a  in the longitudinal direction, and the inclination in the short direction is regulated. 
     At this time, since the hole  2242 ′ a  mainly regulates the inclination of the shaft member  2250  (rotating shaft  2251 ), the sizes of the holes  2242 ′ a  and  2246 ′ a  in the longitudinal direction may be the same. In addition, the hole  2246 ′ a  may not be a long hole, and may be a large circular hole. 
     In this manner, it is possible to control the inclination direction as necessary, and to set more appropriate inclination. 
       FIG. 161  is an exploded perspective view of one member of an end member  2230 ″ according to the another modification example. For making it easy to understand,  FIG. 161  illustrates only a main body  2241 ″ of a bearing member  2240 ″ and a rotating shaft  2251 ″ of a shaft member  2250 ″. Since other members are similar to the members described above, the description thereof will be omitted. 
     In the modification example, a spiral pillar-like portion  2254 ″ is formed of a helical gear, and a spiral portion  2247 ″ is formed of an internal gear. Even in this aspect, the pillar-like portion  2254 ″ acts in accordance with an example of a relationship between the spiral portion  2247  and the spiral pillar-like portion  2254  in the end member  2230 , and the same operation as that of the end member  1930  is possible. 
     In the helical gear and the internal gear, the number of teeth is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted. 
     In addition to the example, a so-called gear shape, such as a spur gear or the like of which the thickness is thin is employed instead of the helical gear in the pillar-like portion  2254 ″, and a spiral portion in which a gear-like teeth can move in the groove can be configured instead of the spiral portion  2247 ″. At this time, regarding the aspect of the spiral portion, the rotation and the movement in the axial direction of the shaft member can be regulated depending on the degree of twist per 1 mm along the axial direction. In addition, in addition to the gear-like teeth or the like, a projection-like part, such as a pin, can be formed and employed. 
     Even in this example, by forming the rotating force receiving member to be inclined, the member can be inclined with respect to the axial direction. 
     Next, a twenty second aspect will be described.  FIG. 162  is a view illustrating the twenty second aspect, and is a perspective view of the end member  2330 . In the end member  2330 , the same configuration elements as those of the end member  1930  will be given the same reference numerals as those of the end member  1930 , and the description thereof will be omitted. The end member  2330  is provided with a bearing member  2340  and a shaft member  2350 .  FIG. 163  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  2330 . 
     The bearing member  2340  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  2330 .  FIG. 164  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the bearing member  2340 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 162 to 164 , the bearing member  2340  is configured to include the tubular body  1941 , the contact wall  1942 , the fitting portion  1943 , the gear portion  1944 , and a shaft member holding portion  2345 . 
     The shaft member holding portion  2345  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  1941 , and which has a function of ensuring a predetermined operation of the shaft member  2350 , and holding the shaft member  2350  in the bearing member  2340 , and functions as one of means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 . The shaft member holding portion  2345  includes the lid member (bottom plate)  1946  and a straight line groove  2347 . 
     The straight line grooves  2347  are a plurality of straight line-like grooves formed on the inner surface of the tubular body  1941 , and the depth direction thereof is formed in a radial shape (radial direction) around the axis of the tubular body  1941  similar to that of the spiral groove  1947 . Meanwhile, the longitudinal direction of the straight line groove  2347  is parallel to the axis of the tubular body  1941 . In addition, the width direction of the straight line groove  2347  is formed to be substantially the same as the diameter of the pin  1967  to the extent that the end portion of the pin  1967  is inserted similar to the above-described spiral groove  1947 , and the end portion of the pin  1967  can smoothly move in the groove. 
     In addition, one end of the straight line groove  2347  in the longitudinal direction is blocked by the bottom plate  1946 , and the other end opposite thereto is blocked without reaching the end surface of the tubular body  1941 . 
     Furthermore, a plurality of straight line grooves  2347  are provided as at least one opposing pair nipping the axis of the tubular body  1941 . Therefore, two or more pairs may be provided. 
     Next, the shaft member  2350  of the end member  2330  will be described. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 37 , the shaft member  2350  is provided with a rotating shaft  2351  and a tip end member  2355 . Furthermore, the shaft member  2350  is provided with the tip end member elastic member  1965 , the rotating shaft elastic member  1966 , and the pin  1967 . Any of the tip end member elastic member  1965  and the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  in the aspect is a coiled spring. 
     The rotating shaft  2351  is a rotating force transmission portion which transmits the rotating force received by the tip end member  2355  to the bearing member  2340 , and is a shaft-shape member which functions as means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 .  FIG. 165A  is a perspective view of the rotating shaft  2351 .  FIG. 165B  is a sectional view cut in the axial direction by a line illustrated by C 165b -C 165b  in  FIG. 165A . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 165A and 165B , the rotating shaft  2351  is cylindrical. The inner side of the cylinder has the size by which the tip end member elastic member  1965  can be inserted. In the rotating shaft  2351 , a lid portion  2351   a  is provided in one end portion, and a narrowed opening portion  2351   b  is formed in the lid portion  2351   a . In addition, in the aspect, the opening portion  2351   b  is circular. 
     In addition, in the rotating shaft  2351 , two pin through holes  1951   c , which are orthogonal to the axis of the cylinder, are provided in one diameter direction of the cylinder, and penetrate the inside and the outside of the cylinder, are formed in the end portion opposite to the end portion in which the lid portion  2351   a  is disposed. The pin  1967  (refer to  FIG. 163 ) passes through the pin through hole  1951   c , as will be described later. 
     Furthermore, in the aspect, a plurality of spiral grooves  2352  are formed on the inner surface of the cylinder of the rotating shaft  2351 . The spiral groove  2352  is a spiral groove, the depth direction thereof is formed in a radial shape (radial direction) around the axis of the rotating shaft  2351  similar to that of the above-described spiral groove  1947 . Meanwhile, the longitudinal direction of the spiral groove  2352  is the direction along the axis of the rotating shaft  2351 , and one end side and the other side are twisted to be deviated in the direction along the inner circumference of the rotating shaft  2351 , and are formed in a spiral shape. In addition, the width direction of the spiral groove  2352  is formed to be substantially the same as the diameter of the projection  2356  to the extent that the end portion of the projection  2356  of the tip end member  2355  which will be described later is inserted similar to the above-described spiral groove  1947 , and the end portion of the projection  2356  can smoothly move in the groove. 
     In addition, one end of the spiral groove  2352  in the longitudinal direction is blocked by the lid portion  2351   a.    
     Furthermore, the plurality of spiral grooves  2352  are provided as at least one opposing pair nipping the axis of the rotating shaft  2351 . In the aspect, an example in which three pairs, that is, a total of six spiral grooves  2352  are formed, is employed, but one pair, that is, a total of two spiral grooves may be formed. Meanwhile, two pairs or four or more pairs of spiral grooves may be provided. When the spiral groove is injection-molded, the injection molding is performed by the releasing while rotating the mold after the injection of the material. 
     The tip end member  2355  is a member which receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and transmits the driving force to the rotating shaft  2351 .  FIG. 166  is a perspective view of the tip end member  2355 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 166 , the tip end member  2355  is configured to include a shaft  2357 , the projection  2356 , and the rotating force receiving member  1958 . 
     The shaft  2357  is a pillar-like member, and is a column in the aspect. The sectional shape thereof is the same as or slightly smaller than the opening portion  2351   b  of the above-described rotating shaft  2351 . 
     The projections  2356  are two projections which are provided on the side opposite to the side on which the rotating force receiving member  1958  is disposed in the shaft  2357 , and protrude from the side surface of the shaft  2357 . Two projections  2356  are disposed at symmetrical positions nipping the axis of the shaft  2357 . 
     By combining the bearing member  2340  and the shaft member  2350  with each other as follows, the end member  2330  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood.  FIG. 167  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the end member  2330 .  FIG. 168A  is an end surface view of the end member  2330  along a line illustrated by C 168a -C 168a  in  FIG. 167 .  FIG. 168B  is a sectional view in the axial direction of the rotating shaft  2351 , and is a view illustrating the relationship between the rotating shaft  2351  and the projection  2356 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 167 , the shaft  2357  of the tip end member  2355  passes through the opening portion  2351   b  of the rotating shaft  2351 . At this time, the projection  2356  of the tip end member  2355  is included on the inner side of the rotating shaft  2351 , and the rotating force receiving member  1958  of the tip end member  2355  is disposed to protrude from the rotating shaft  2351 . In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIGS. 168A and 168B , the projection  2356  of the tip end member  2355  is disposed in the spiral groove  2352  of the rotating shaft  2351 . 
     Meanwhile, the pin  1967  passes to cross over the two pin through holes  1951   c  of the rotating shaft  2351 . At this time, both ends of the pin  1967  respectively protrude from the side surface of the rotating shaft  2351 , and function as projections. 
     In addition, the tip end member elastic member  1965  is disposed between the shaft  2357  of the tip end member  2355  and the pin  1967  on the inner side of the rotating shaft  2351 . Therefore, one side of the tip end member elastic member  1965  comes into contact with the shaft  2357 , and the other side thereof comes into contact with the pin  1967 . Accordingly, the tip end member  2355  is biased in the direction in which the tip end member elastic member  1965  biases the tip end member  2355  and makes the tip end member  2355  protrude from the rotating shaft  2351 . However, since the projection  2356  cannot pass through the opening portion  2351   b  of the rotating shaft  2351 , the tip end member  2355  is held in a state of being biased without falling out of the rotating shaft  2351 . 
     In this manner, in the rotating shaft  2351  combined by the tip end member  2355 , the tip end member elastic member  1965 , and the pin  1967 , the side on which the tip end member  2355  is not disposed is inserted toward the lid member  1946  side of the shaft member holding portion  2345  formed on the inner side of the bearing member  2340 . At this time, as illustrated in  FIG. 167 , the end portion of the pin  1967  protruded from the side surface of the rotating shaft  2351  is inserted into the straight line groove  2347  formed in the shaft member holding portion  2345  of the bearing member  2340 . 
     In addition, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 167 , on the inner side of the bearing member  2340 , the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  is disposed between the rotating shaft  2351  and the lid member  1946 . Therefore, one side of the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  comes into contact with the rotating shaft  2351 , and the other side of the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  comes into contact with the lid member  1946 . Accordingly, the rotating shaft  2351  is biased in the direction in which the rotating shaft elastic member  1966  biases the rotating shaft  2351  and makes the rotating shaft  2351  including the tip end member  2355  protrude from the bearing member  2340 . However, since the tip end of the pin  1967  is inserted into the straight line groove  2347  of the bearing member  2340 , and both ends of the straight line groove  2347  are blocked as described above, the rotating shaft  2351  is held in a state of being biased without falling out of the bearing member  2340 . 
     Above, in the posture in which each member is combined, the axes of the bearing member  2340 , the rotating shaft  2351 , and the tip end member  2355  match each other. 
     Next, how the end member  2330  can be deformed, move, and rotate, will be described. 
     In the postures illustrated in  FIG. 167 , the entire shaft member  2350  is in a posture of being protruded the most from the bearing member  2340  within a possible range, by the tip end member elastic member  1965  and the rotating shaft elastic member  1966 . When any external force is not applied to the shaft member  2350 , the end member  2330  is in this posture. 
     From this posture, as illustrated by C 167a  in  FIG. 167 , when the rotating force around the axis is applied to the rotating force receiving member  1958  of the tip end member  2355 , following this, the shaft  2357  rotates, and further, the projection  2356  also rotates around the axis. Accordingly, since the projection  2356  is engaged with the side surface of the spiral groove  2352 , the side surface is pressed, and as illustrated by an arrow C 167b  in  FIG. 167 , the rotating shaft  2351  also rotates. Furthermore, in the rotating shaft  2351 , the pin  1967  is engaged with the straight line groove  2347  of the bearing member  2340 , as illustrated by an arrow C 167c  in  FIG. 167 , the bearing member  2440  also rotates. Therefore, the end member  2330  rotates around the axis. 
     Meanwhile, when the tip end member  2355  rotates as illustrated by an arrow C 167a  in  FIG. 167 , since the projection  2356  moves in the spiral groove  2352  as illustrated by a straight line arrow in  FIG. 168B , a force which moves the tip end member  2355  in the axial direction is also generated, and the tip end member  2355  also moves in the axial direction as illustrated by an arrow C 167d  in  FIG. 167 . 
     In addition to the description above, the end member  2330  can also be deformed as follows.  FIG. 169  is a view illustrating this. In other words, in the end member  2330 , when the force is applied in the axial direction to the rotating force receiving member  1958  of the tip end member  2355  as illustrated by an arrow C 169a  in  FIG. 169 , when the projection  2456  of the tip end member  2355  moves in the spiral groove  2352 , the tip end member  2355  rotates around the axis as illustrated by an arrow C 169b  in  FIG. 169 , and the rotating shaft  2351  moves in the axial direction as illustrated by an arrow C 169c  in  FIG. 169 . 
     According to the movement and the rotation by the end member  2330 , similar effects to those of the end member  1930  are achieved. 
     In addition, even in the aspect, as the rotating force receiving member is formed to be inclined, and the above-described expressions (1) and (3) are satisfied, an aspect in which more stabilized transmission of the rotating force and the smooth disengagement from the driving shaft are possible, can be employed. 
     Next, a twenty third aspect will be described.  FIG. 170  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  2430  included in the twenty third aspect.  FIG. 171  is an exploded sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  2430 .  FIG. 172  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  2430  in which each member is combined. The end member  2430  is provided with a bearing member  2440  and a shaft member  2450 . 
     The bearing member  2440  is a member which is bonded to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  in the end member  2430 . The bearing member  2440  includes a main body  2441  and a lid member  2442 , and the main body  2441  is configured to include the tubular body  1941 , the fitting portion  1943 , the gear portion  1944 , and a shaft member holding portion  2445 . 
     Since the tubular body  1941 , the fitting portion  1943 , and the gear portion  1944  are similar to those in the above-described end member  1930 , the same reference numerals will be given, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The shaft member holding portion  2445  is a part which is formed on the inner side of the tubular body  1941 , and which has a function of ensuring a predetermined operation of the shaft member  2450 , and holding the shaft member  2450  in the bearing member  2440 , and functions as one of means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 . The shaft member holding portion  2445  includes a bottom plate  2446  and a spiral groove  2447  which functions as a spiral portion. 
     The bottom plate  2446  is a disk-like member, and is disposed to block and partition at least a part of the inner side of the tubular body  1941 . Accordingly, a rotating shaft elastic member  2466  is supported. In the aspect, a hole  2446   a  is formed in the center portion thereof, a columnar member  2453  of a rotating shaft  2451  is inserted into the hole  2446   a , and the inclination of the rotating shaft  2451  is regulated. 
     The attachment of the bottom plate  2446  to the tubular body  1941  can be performed by adhering or welding. In addition, the tubular body  1941  and the bottom plate  2446  may be integrally formed. 
     The spiral grooves  2447  are a plurality of spiral grooves which function as a part formed in a spiral shape, and are formed on the inner surface of the tubular body  1941 , and can be formed in accordance with the spiral groove  1947  according to the same idea as that of the spiral groove  1947  of the above-described end member  1930 . One end of the spiral groove  2447  in the longitudinal direction is blocked by the bottom plate  2446 , and the other end opposite thereto is blocked by the lid member  2442 . 
     The lid member  2442  is a disk-like member which is disposed on the side opposite to the bottom plate  2446  nipping the shaft member holding portion  2445 , and the hole  2442   a  is formed at the center thereof. In the aspect, a claw  2442   b  is provided, is engaged with the main body  2441 , and is fixed in a so-called snap-fit manner. However, means of fixing the lid member is not limited thereto, and the adhesive or welding by heat or ultrasound wave can be used as another means. 
     A material which configures each member of the bearing member  2440  is not particularly limited, but various types of resin or metal can be used. 
     In a case of making the bearing member  2440  by the resin, for example, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide imide (PAI), polyetherether keton (PEEK), polyether imide (PEI), 4F-perfluoro alkyl vinyl ether (PFA), polyether sulfone (PES), liquid crystal polymer (LCP) resin, or polyamide MXD6 (PA-MXD6), can be appropriately used. However, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber, the carbon fiber, or the inorganic filler may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, by inserting metal into the resin, the rigidity may further be improved. In addition, in order to make the attachment or the movement of the shaft member smooth, sliding properties may be improved by containing at least one type of a fluororesin, polyethylene, and silicon rubber in the resin. In addition, the resin may be coated with fluororesin or lubricant. 
     Meanwhile, in a case of making the bearing member  2440  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of having elasticity, the bearing member  2440  and any member included in the bearing member  2440 , may be made by bending a metal plate, or may be made by making the metal, glass, or carbon fiber infiltrate into the resin. 
     The shaft member  2450  is provided with the rotating shaft  2451  and a tip end member  2455 . Furthermore, the shaft member  2450  is provided with a tip end member elastic member  2465 , the rotating shaft elastic member  2466 , a pin  2467  and a pin  2468 . Any of the tip end member elastic member  2465  and the rotating shaft elastic member  2466  in the aspect is a coiled spring. 
     Hereinafter, each of the members will be described. 
     The rotating shaft  2451  is a rotating force transmission portion which transmits the rotating force received by the tip end member  2455  to the bearing member  2440 , and is a shaft-shape member which functions as means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 . 
     In the rotating shaft  2451 , a cylindrical member  2452  and the columnar member  2453  are coaxially linked to each other. The inner side of the cylinder has the size by which a shaft  2457  of the tip end member  2455  and the tip end member elastic member  2465  can be inserted. In the rotating shaft  2451 , two long holes  2451   a  which penetrate in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction are formed at the cylindrical parts. Two long holes  2451   a  are disposed on one diameter of the cylindrical member  2452 . 
     In addition, in the rotating shaft  2451 , a hole  2451   b  which penetrates in the direction orthogonal to the axial direction is formed in the end portion on the columnar member  2453  side in the end portion in the axial direction of the cylindrical member  2452 . Two holes  2451   a  are disposed on one diameter of the cylindrical member  2452 . 
     The tip end member  2455  is a member which receives the rotation driving force from the apparatus main body  2  and transmits the driving force to the rotating shaft  2451 . The tip end member  2455  is configured to include the shaft  2457  and a rotating force receiving member  248 . 
     The shaft  2457  is a pillar-like member, and is a column in the aspect. In addition, in the shaft  2457 , a long hole  2457   a  which penetrates in the direction orthogonal to the axis is formed. The longitudinal direction of the long hole  2457   a  is the direction along the axis. In addition, in the aspect, the end portion opposite to the rotating force receiving member  1958  in the shaft  2457  is formed to be narrow. 
     Since the rotating force receiving member  1958  is similar to the above-described end member  1930 , the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The tip end member elastic member  2465  and the rotating shaft elastic member  2466  are so-called elastic members, and any of the tip end member elastic member  2465  and the rotating shaft elastic member  2466  functions as means for moving and rotating the rotating force receiving member  1958 . In the aspect, the tip end member elastic member  2465  and the rotating shaft elastic member  2466  are coiled springs. In addition, a pin  2467  is means for holding the tip end member  2455  to be movable along the axial direction in the rotating shaft  2451 . In addition, the pin  2468  is means for holding the rotating shaft  2451  in the bearing member  2440 , moving and rotating along the spiral groove  2447 , and moving and rotating the rotating shaft  2451 . 
     A material which configures each member of the shaft member  2450  is not particularly limited, but various types of resin or metal can be used. 
     In a case of making the shaft member  2450  by the resin, for example, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide imide (PAD, polyetherether keton (PEEK), polyether imide (PEI), 4F-perfluoro alkyl vinyl ether (PFA), polyether sulfone (PES), liquid crystal polymer (LCP) resin, or polyamide MXD6 (PA-MXD6), can be appropriately used. However, in order to improve the rigidity of the member, the glass fiber, the carbon fiber, or the inorganic filler may be mixed into the resin in accordance with the load torque. In addition, by inserting metal into the resin, the rigidity may further be improved. 
     Meanwhile, in a case of making the shaft member  2450  by metal, carving by cutting, aluminum die casting, zinc die casting, a metal powder injection molding method (so-called MIM method), or a metal powder sintering lamination method (so-called 3D printing), can be employed. In addition, regardless of the material of the metal, iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, zinc, or an alloy of the materials, may be used. In addition, it is possible to improve functionality (lubrication properties or corrosion resistance) of the surface by performing various types of plating. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of having elasticity, the shaft member  2450  and any member included in the shaft member  2450 , may be made by bending a metal plate, or may be made by making the metal, glass, or carbon fiber infiltrate into the resin. 
     By combining the bearing member  2440  and the shaft member  2450  with each other as follows, the end member  2430  is made. In addition, by describing the combination, the size of each member and part, the structure, or the relationship of the sizes of the members and parts, are further understood. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 172 , the shaft  2457  of the tip end member  2455  is disposed on the inner side of the cylindrical member  2452  of the rotating shaft  2451 , and the pin  2467  passes through the long hole  2451   a  of the rotating shaft  2451  and the long hole  2457   a  of the tip end member  2455 . Accordingly, the tip end member  2455  is held in the rotating shaft  2451 . At this time, the tip end member elastic member  2465  is disposed on the inner side of the cylindrical member  2452 , and accordingly, the tip end member  2455  is biased in the projecting direction from the rotating shaft  2451 . 
     In this manner, in the rotating shaft  2451  combined by the tip end member  2455 , the tip end member elastic member  2465 , and the pin  2467 , the columnar member  2453  which is on the side on which the tip end member  2455  is not disposed is inserted toward the bottom plate  2446  side of the shaft member holding portion  2445  formed on the inner side of the main body  2441  of the bearing member  2440 . At this time, the pin  2468  is inserted into the hole  2451   b  of the rotating shaft  2451 , and each of both ends of the pin  2468  is disposed to protrude from the side surface of the rotating shaft  2451 . In addition, the protruded end portion of the pin  2468  is disposed in the groove of the spiral groove  2447  of the bearing member  2440 . In addition, the columnar member  2453  passes through the hole  2446   a  of the bottom plate  2446 . In addition, the rotating shaft elastic member  2466  is disposed between the bottom plate  2446  and the columnar member  2453 , and the rotating shaft  2451  is biased toward the tip end member  2455  side. 
     In addition, the lid member  2442  is disposed, and the rotating shaft  2451  is held in the bearing member  2440 . At this time, since the cylindrical member  2452  in the rotating shaft  2451  is disposed in a hole  2442   a  of the lid member  2442 , and the pin  2468  cannot pass through the hole  2442   a , the rotating shaft  2451  is held in a state of being biased without falling out of the bearing member  2440 . 
     Above, in the posture in which each member is combined, the axes of the bearing member  2440 , the rotating shaft  2451 , and the tip end member  2455  match each other. 
     According to the above-described end member  2430 , the relationship between the spiral groove  2447  and the pin  2468  acts in accordance with the example of the relationship between the spiral groove  1947  and the pin  1967  in the end member  1930 , and the end member  2430  can also operate similar to the end member  1930 . In addition, the tip end member  2455  can move in the axial direction with respect to the rotating shaft  2451  regardless of the rotation of the shaft member  2450 . 
     In addition, even in the aspect, as the rotating force receiving member is formed to be inclined, and the above-described expressions (1) and (3) are satisfied, an aspect in which more stabilized transmission of the rotating force and the smooth disengagement from the driving shaft are possible, can be employed. 
       FIG. 173  is an exploded perspective view of an end member  2430 ′ which is a modification example of the end member  2430 . In the end member  2430 ′, instead of the tip end member  2455  of the end member  2430 , a tip end member  2455 ′ is employed. Here, the tip end member  2455 ′ will be described.  FIG. 174  is a perspective view of the tip end member  2455 ′. Other parts are the same as the end member  2430 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 173 and 174 , the tip end member  2455 ′ has an aspect in which one long plate is formed to be folded, and functions as the rotating force receiving member. The shape is as follows. The tip end member  2455 ′ includes two base plates  2455 ′ a  in which plate surfaces on one side are disposed substantially in parallel at a predetermined interval, and end portions on one side of two base plates  2455 ′ a  are linked to each other by a linking plate  2455 ′ b . Interval expansion plates  2455 ′ c  which are plate-like members that extend in the direction of being separated, are disposed from each of the end portions (other end portions) opposite to the side which is linked by the linking plate  2455 ′ b  of two base plates  2455 ′ a . In addition, an engaging plate  2455 ′ d  which functions as an engaging member that extends in the direction of being separated from the base plate  2455 ′ a , is disposed from the tip end of the interval expansion plate  2455 ′ c . Therefore, two engaging plates  2455 ′ d  are substantially parallel at a predetermined interval so that the plate surfaces thereof oppose each other. 
     Here, in the engaging plate  2455 ′ d , a hollow  2455 ′ e  is provided at least in one end portion in the plate width direction. Here, the driving projection  71  of the above-described driving shaft  70  is disposed to bump into the hollow  2455 ′ e . Therefore, two hollows  2455 ′ e  are disposed on the opposite side in the plate width direction. In addition, the interval of two engaging plate  2455 ′ d  is the interval by which the tip end of the shaft portion  72  of the driving shaft  70  can get into. 
     The tip end member  2455 ′ is formed of a material having excellent elasticity. For example, stainless steel or phosphor bronze can be employed. In addition, the metal maximizes an elastic limit by low sound annealing (tempering treatment), and can improve spring properties. 
       FIG. 175  is a sectional view along the axis of the end member  2430 ′. As can be ascertained from  FIG. 175 , in the aspect, as the pin  2467  is inserted into between two base plates  2455 ′ a  of the tip end member  2455 ′, the pin  2467  is held in the cylindrical member  2452 . 
     According to the end member  2430 ′, in addition to the effects similar to the above-described end member  2430 , as illustrated in  FIG. 176 , the engaging plate  2455 ′ d  is elastically deformed and smoothly disengaged when being disengaged from the driving shaft  70 . In addition, when the rotating force is transmitted in a state where the driving shaft  70  is engaged with the end member  2430 ′, as illustrated by Fk in  FIG. 174 , since the rotating force is transmitted in the plate width direction of the engaging plate  2455 ′ d , the rotating force is appropriately transmitted without largely deforming the engaging plate  2455 ′ d.    
     Any of the end members having the spiral groove described above can perform both the operation (for example, refer to  FIG. 140 ) in which the shaft member moves in the axial direction as the shaft member rotates around the axis, and an operation (for example, refer to  FIG. 143 ) in which the rotating force receiving member moves in the axial direction regardless of the rotation, by the action of the part formed in a spiral shape. Regarding this, only the “operation in which the shaft member moves in the axial direction as the shaft member rotates around the axis” may be performed by the action of the part formed in a spiral shape, but from the viewpoint of more smooth attachment and detachment of the processing cartridge, the “operation in which the rotating force receiving member moves in the axial direction regardless of the rotation” may be added as an auxiliary operation. Therefore, in the aspect having the spiral groove, only the “operation in which the shaft member moves in the axial direction as the shaft member rotates around the axis” may be performed. In addition, when the “operation in which the rotating force receiving member moves in the axial direction regardless of the rotation” is also employed, it is preferable that a force (for example, an elastic force of the tip end member elastic member) by the means which is provided for performing the operation, is weaker than a force (for example, an elastic force of a rotating shaft elastic member  66 ) by the means which is provided for performing the “operation in which the shaft member moves in the axial direction as the shaft member rotates around the axis”. 
     Here, next, an example of an aspect which is configured only of the “operation in which the shaft member moves in the axial direction as the shaft member rotates around the axis” will be described. 
       FIGS. 177, 178, and 179  are views illustrating an end member  2430 ″ according to another modification example of the end member  2430  of the above-described twenty third aspect.  FIG. 177  is an exploded perspective view of the end member  2430 ″.  FIG. 178  is an exploded sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  2430 ″.  FIG. 179  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the end member  2430 ″ in which each member is combined. In the end member  2430 ″, a shaft member  2450 ″ is employed instead of the shaft member  2450  of the end member  2430 . The bearing member  2440  is the same as the bearing member  2440  of the end member  2430 . 
     The shaft member  2450 ″ is formed to be integrated with a rotating shaft  2451 ″ and a tip end member  2455 ″, and is not provided with the tip end member elastic member  2465 . Therefore, the rotating shaft  2451 ″ and the tip end member  2455 ″ cannot relatively move, and move and rotate integrally all the time. Parts except this are the same as the shaft member  2450 . Therefore, in the example, the “operation in which the rotating force receiving member moves in the axial direction regardless of the rotation” cannot be performed, and the shaft member  2450 ″ becomes an end member only for performing the “operation in which the shaft member moves in the axial direction as the shaft member rotates around the axis” by the actions of the spiral groove  2447  and the pin  2468 . 
     By the end member  2430 ″, since the relationship between the spiral groove  2447  and the pin  2468  can also act in accordance with the relationship between the spiral groove  1947  and the pin  1967  in the end member  1930 , the transmission of the rotating force equivalent to that in the related art can be performed, and more smooth attachment to and detachment from the apparatus main body can be performed. 
     In addition, even in the aspect, as the rotating force receiving member is formed to be inclined, and the above-described expressions (1) and (3) are satisfied, as an aspect in which more stabilized transmission of the rotating force and the smooth disengagement from the driving shaft are possible, can be employed. 
     Next, a twenty fourth aspect will be described.  FIG. 180  is an outer appearance perspective view of a photoreceptor drum unit  2510 .  FIG. 180A  is an outer appearance view of the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  in which a driving side end member  2550  is illustrated in front.  FIG. 180B  is an outer appearance perspective view of a photoreceptor drum unit  110  in which a non-driving side end member  2520  is illustrated in front. As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 180A and 181B , the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  is provided with the photoreceptor drum  11 , the non-driving side end member  2520 , and the driving side end member  2550 . 
     In the aspect, aspects of the non-driving side end member  2520 , the driving side end member  2550 , and a driving shaft  2570  (refer to  FIG. 183 ) of the apparatus main body  2 , are different from the above-described non-driving side end member  20 , the driving side end member  50 , and the driving shaft  70  of the apparatus main body  2 . Since parts except this are similar to those in the above-described first aspect, and the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The non-driving side end member  2520  is an aspect in which the earth plate  40  is excluded from the above-described non-driving side end member  20 . As will be described later, in the example, the earth plate  40  is provided on the driving side end member  50  side. Therefore, since the non-driving side end member  2520  is similar to the non-driving side end member  20  except the earth plate  40 , here, the description thereof will be omitted. 
     The driving side end member  2550  is an end member which is disposed in the end portion on the side on which the driving shaft  2570  of the apparatus main body  2  is engaged, on the side opposite to the non-driving side end member  2520 , in the end portion in the direction along the axial direction of the photoreceptor drum  11 .  FIG. 181  is an outer appearance perspective view of the driving side end member  2550 .  FIG. 181A  is an outer appearance perspective view in which the bearing portion  2556  is illustrated in front. On the contrary,  FIG. 181B  is an outer appearance perspective view in which a fitting portion  2554  is illustrated in front. In addition,  FIG. 182A  is a front view of the driving side end member  2550  when viewed from the bearing portion  2556  side.  FIG. 182B  is a sectional view along a line illustrated by C 182b -C 182b  in  FIG. 182A . 
     The driving side end member  2550  is provided with a main body  2551  and conductive means  2561 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 181A, 181B, 182A, and 182B , the main body  2551  is configured to include a tubular body  2552 , a contact wall  2553 , the fitting portion  2554 , a gear portion  2555 , and the bearing portion  2556 . 
     The tubular body  2552  is an overall tubular member in which unevenness is formed on the outer circumferential surface as necessary. The contact wall  2553  which comes into contact with and locks to the end surface of the photoreceptor drum  11 , stands from a part of the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  2552 . Accordingly, in a posture in which the driving side end member  2550  is mounted on the photoreceptor drum  11 , the depth of insertion of the driving side end member  2550  into the photoreceptor drum  11  is regulated. 
     By nipping the contact wall  2553  of the tubular body  2552 , the fitting portion  2554  of which one side is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11  is made. The fitting portion  2554  is inserted into the photoreceptor drum  11 , and is fixed to the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  by the adhesive. Accordingly, the driving side end member  2550  is fixed to the end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11 . Therefore, the outer diameter of the fitting portion  2554  is substantially the same as the inner diameter of the photoreceptor drum  11  within a range in which insertion into cylindrical shape of the photoreceptor drum  11  is possible. 
     A groove  2554   a  may be formed on the outer circumferential surface in the fitting portion  2554 . Accordingly, the groove  2554   a  is filled with the adhesive, and adhesiveness between the main body  2551  (driving side end member  2550 ) and the photoreceptor drum  11  is improved by an anchor effect or the like. 
     By nipping the contact wall  2553 , the gear portion  2555  is formed on the outer circumferential surface of the tubular body  2552  on the side opposite to the fitting portion  2554 . The gear portion  2555  is a gear which transmits the rotating force to another member, such as the developing roller, and in the aspect, a helical gear and a spur gear are disposed to be aligned in the shaft direction. However, the type of the gear is not particularly limited, and may be any of the helical gear and the spur gear. In addition, it is not necessary to provide the gear. 
     Furthermore, the outer circumference of the end portion opposite to the side which becomes the fitting portion  2554  in the end portion of the tubular body  2552  in the axial direction, is formed in a shape that can function as the bearing portion  2556 . The bearing portion  2556  is a part which is engaged with a recessed portion  2571  provided in the driving shaft  2570  which will be described later in the apparatus main body  2 , and has a function of transmitting the rotating force from the driving shaft  2570  to the driving side end member  2550 . In addition, when the processing cartridge  3  is attached to and detached from the apparatus main body  2 , the bearing portion  2556  is configured to be disengaged from the recessed portion  2571  of the driving shaft  2570 . The bearing portion  2556  of the aspect specifically has the following shape. 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 181A and 181B , an outer circumferential shape of the bearing portion  2556  is a hexagon on the section orthogonal to the direction in which the axis extends. In addition, the bearing portion  2556  does not have a so-called twisted shape in the axial direction, and does not have a part which becomes an undercut. In other words, when the bearing portion  2556  is viewed from an original side end portion (fitting portion  2554  side) of the bearing portion  2556  in the axial direction (when the bearing portion  2556  is viewed from a rear surface side opposite to  FIG. 182A ), a shape in which parts other than the bearing portion  2556  are not seen, is obtained. 
     Accordingly, when forming the driving side end member  2550  including the bearing portion  2556 , filling and releasing properties of a material with respect to the mold become excellent, and productivity is improved. In addition, since rotating mechanism, such as a stainless core or core, is not necessary in the mold, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the mold itself. In addition, the triangular section of the driving shaft  2570  which will be described later is appropriately engaged with the recessed portion  2571  formed to be continuously twisted, the rotating force is transmitted, and the attachment and detachment thereof also become easy. 
     Here, since the main body  2551  is cylindrical as described above, one hole  2551   a  which penetrates the inner side thereof is formed, and penetrates in the direction along the axis. The diameter of the hole  2551   a  is the size by which the end portion (refer to  FIG. 183 ) of a main body side earth member  2572  of the driving shaft  2570  which will be described later can be inserted. 
     It is preferable that the main body  2551  is formed of a crystalline resin. In case of the crystalline resin, when performing injection molding by using a mold, molding processing properties are excellent since a flow is excellent, and even when cooling is not performed until reaching the glass transition point, releasing is possible by crystallizing and fixing. Therefore, it is possible to remarkably improve productivity. In addition, the crystalline resin has excellent heat resistance, solvent resistance, oil resistance, grease resistance, friction and wear resistance, and sliding properties, and is preferable as a material which is employed in the end member from the viewpoint of the rigidity and hardness. 
     Examples of the crystalline resin include polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide, polyacetal, polyethylene telephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, methyl pentene, polyphenylene sulfide, polyetherether ketone, polytetrafluoroethylene, and nylon. 
     Among these, from the viewpoint of molding processing properties, a polyacetal-based resin is preferable. 
     In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the strength, the glass fiber or the carbon fiber may be filled. 
     The conductive means  2561  is means which electrically connects the photoreceptor drum  11  and the apparatus main body  2 , and is provided with a coil spring  2562 , a conductive rod  2563 , and an earth plate  2564 . 
     The coil spring  2562  functions as a conductive material which is elastically deformed. Specifically, in the aspect, the coil spring  2562  is a coiled spring in which one rod material is formed to be wound in a spiral shape. As the coil spring  2562  includes a conductive material which is inserted into the hole  2551   a , the coil spring  2562  is formed to be conductible. Therefore, it is preferable that the coil spring  2562  is formed of metal, such as steel or copper. 
     The conductive rod  2563  is a conductive rod-like member, and has the thickness to be stored on the inner side of the hole  2551   a . The conductive rod  2563  has the length by which one end of the conductive rod  2563  comes into contact with the coil spring  2562 , and the other end thereof reaches the vicinity of the opening portion opposite to the side on which the earth plate  2564  is disposed in the hole  2551   a . The conductive rod  2563  can be formed of steel or copper. 
     Here, in the conductive rod  2563 , means (falling prevention) which regulates the movement in the direction in which the conductive rod  2563  falls out at a predetermined position, in order to prevent the conductive rod  2563  from unnecessarily moving to the apparatus main body side. As an example of this, a configuration in which a part of the hole  2551   a  becomes narrow, or a projection is provided in the outer circumferential portion of the conductive rod  2563  for hooking, is employed. 
     The earth plate  2564  is a conductive disk-like member, and a protrusion portion  2564   a  is formed to be in contact with the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11  from the outer circumferential portion. The earth plate  2564  is similar to a known earth plate, a structure for this is not particularly limited, and a known shape can be employed. 
     By combining the main body  2551  and the conductive means  2561  with each other, the driving side end member  2550  is made. In other words, as illustrating in  FIG. 182B , the earth plate  2564  is disposed on an end surface of the fitting portion  2554  of the main body  2551  so that a surface thereof overlaps the end surface, and is fixed by a standoff. The coil spring  2562  is inserted into the hole  2551   a  formed in the main body  2551 . At this time, the end portion disposed on the fitting portion  2554  side in the end portion of the coil spring  2562  comes into contact with the earth plate  2564 . In the coil spring  2562 , the conductive rod  2563  is disposed on the side opposite to the side which comes into contact with the earth plate  2564 , the conductive rod  2563  is inserted into the hole  2551   a , and one end of the conductive rod  2563  is inserted into and comes into contact with the end portion of the coil spring  2562 . 
     The outer tube portion  22  of the non-driving side end member  2520  is inserted into one end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  until coming into contact with the contact wall  25 , the fitting portion  2554  of the driving side end member  2550  is inserted into the other end portion of the photoreceptor drum  11  until coming into contact with the contact wall  2553 , and the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  is made as illustrated in  FIGS. 180A and 180B . At this time, the protrusion portion  2564   a  of the earth plate  2564  comes into contact with the inner surface of the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     Next, a posture of the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  in a posture in which the processing cartridge  3  including the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  is mounted on the image forming apparatus, will be described. 
     Here, the driving shaft  2570  of the apparatus main body  2  will be described. It is possible to use a known configuration in other parts.  FIG. 183  illustrates an end portion on a side which is engaged with the bearing portion  2556 , in the driving shaft  2570  which is provided in the apparatus main body  2 , and applies the rotation driving force to the photoreceptor drum unit  2510 .  FIG. 183A  is a perspective view, and  FIG. 183B  is a front view. In  FIGS. 183A and 183B , a part of the recessed portion  2571  is projected and illustrated by a dotted line. The end portion opposite to the driving shaft  2570  is directly and indirectly linked to a driving source of the apparatus main body  2 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIGS. 183A and 183B , the recessed portion  2571  is provided in the end portion of the driving shaft  2570 . The recessed portion  2571  is a hole which has a section having a shape of substantially equilateral triangle, and has a shape in which the shape is twisted around the center by a predetermined angle when approaching in the depth direction of the shaft direction from the end surface of the driving shaft  2570 . There is an example in which the twisting direction is the clockwise direction, and an example in which the twisting direction is the counterclockwise direction, according to the rotation transmitting direction. 
     In addition, in the driving shaft  2570 , the conductive rod-shaped main body side earth member  2572  is disposed along the rotation shaft of the driving shaft  2570 . As illustrated in  FIGS. 183A and 183B , one end side of the main body side earth member  2572  protrudes to stand from the bottom of the recessed portion  2571 . Meanwhile, the other end side of the main body side earth member  2572  protrudes from the end portion on the opposite side of the driving shaft  2570 , and is in contact with the earth member of the apparatus main body  2 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 183B , when the recessed portion  2571  is projected and viewed from a front surface in the axial direction, a triangle (illustrated by a solid line) which is formed in the opening of the recessed portion  2571 , and a triangle (illustrated by a dotted line) which is formed on the bottom of the recessed portion  2571 , are seen as two triangles which are rotated around the shaft and overlap each other. In addition, here, an example in which the section of the recessed portion  2571  is a triangle, is described, but a polygon which is made by slightly cutting the top point of the triangle while considering the triangle as a reference may be employed. 
       FIG. 184  is a sectional view of the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  and the vicinity thereof in the processing cartridge  3 , in a scene where the processing cartridge  3  including the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  is mounted on the apparatus main body  2 .  FIG. 184  is a sectional view along the axial direction of the photoreceptor drum unit  2510 . 
     As can be ascertained from  FIG. 184 , in the driving side end member  2550 , the bearing portion  2556  is inserted into the recessed portion  2571  of the driving shaft  2570 .  FIG. 185  is a view when a posture of the insertion is viewed from the shaft direction. In this manner, at least three top portions of the hexagonal outer circumference of the bearing portion  2556  come into contact with triangular sides of the recessed portion  2571 , and are connected to be capable of transmitting the rotating force. In addition, the rotation force is transmitted to the driving side end member  2550 , and the photoreceptor drum  11  is rotated. In accordance with this time, the non-driving side end member  2520  also rotates. 
     In addition, the tip end of the main body side earth member  2572  is inserted into two holes  2551   a  of the driving side end member  2550 , and comes into contact with the tip end of the conductive rod  2563 . Accordingly, the photoreceptor drum  11 , the earth plate  2564 , the coil spring  2562 , the conductive rod  2563 , and the main body side earth member  2572  are electrically connected, and the apparatus main body  2  becomes conductive from the photoreceptor drum  11 . 
     At this time, the coil spring  2562  is disposed between the conductive rod  2563  and the earth plate  2564 , a change or pressure in the axial direction of the main body side earth member  2572  is absorbed by the coil spring  2562 , and the earth plate  2564  is prevented from being strongly pressed. Accordingly, a defect that the earth plate  2564  is disengaged from the main body  2551  can be prevented. 
     Meanwhile, as can be ascertained from  FIG. 184 , the support shaft member  3   b  which extends from the inner surface of the housing  3   a  of the processing cartridge  3  passes through the hole  32   a  provided in the bottom portion  32  of the cap member  31  in the non-driving side end member  2520 , and is inserted into the inner tube portion  23  of the flange member  21 . Accordingly, the hole  32   a  and the inner tube portion  23  function as bearings, and support the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  to be rotatable. In addition, the outer surface of the bottom portion  32  of the cap member  31  comes into contact with the inner surface of the housing  3   a  to overlap. At this time, in order to reduce the friction between the outer surface of the bottom portion  32  and the housing  3   a , here, lubricating oil may be coated, or friction prevention sheet (for example, a Teflon sheet (registered trademark), a nylon sheet, a felt sheet, or a PET sheet) may be nipped. Instead of this, the cap member  31  may be formed of a material having high sliding properties (for example, Teflon sheet (registered trademark)). 
     According to this, since the non-driving side end member  2520  has the biasing force which presses the photoreceptor drum unit  2510  to the driving shaft  2570  side, and is extendable and contractable, it is possible to press the driving side end member  2550  to the driving shaft  2570  side, and to appropriately insert and engage the bearing portion  2556  with the recessed portion  2571  of the driving shaft  2570 . In addition, since a range in which the cap member  31  is extendable and contractable may be employed, conditions for dimension accuracy is relieved. 
     Therefore, without providing another regulating member, it is possible to simply position the photoreceptor drum in the shaft direction to appropriately transmit the rotating force only by the end member ( 2520 ,  2550 ). 
     This application is based upon and claims the benefit of priority from Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-238840; filed Nov. 19, 2013; the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. 
     According to the aspects of the present invention, in the end member pair which is respectively disposed in the end portions of the photoreceptor drum, the end member on one side has a biasing force and is extendable and contractable in the axial direction. Therefore, when the photoreceptor drum unit is configured, the length thereof can be easily and finely adjusted. Accordingly, the positional relationship between the end member on the other side and the driving shaft of the apparatus main body becomes appropriate by the biasing force, and defects, such as idling, can be prevented. In addition, according to this, since it is not necessary to strictly regulate the movement of the photoreceptor drum in the axial direction, when assembling the processing cartridge, it is not necessary to provide a regulation part which does not have enough dimension, and to improve precision of the member. Accordingly, the management becomes easy, and productivity is improved. 
     In addition, since it is possible to allow a difference in the length of the photoreceptor drum in a range where the end member extends and contracts, it is possible to use common components of the photoreceptor drum unit, and reduction in costs can be expected by inventory reduction. 
     REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 
       1 : IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS 
       2 : IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS MAIN BODY 
       3 : PROCESSING CARTRIDGE 
       10 ,  2510 : PHOTORECEPTOR DRUM UNIT 
       11 : PHOTORECEPTOR DRUM 
       20 ,  2520 : END MEMBER (ONE END MEMBER, NON-DRIVING SIDE END MEMBER) 
       21 : FLANGE MEMBER 
       31 : CAP MEMBER 
       41 : ELASTIC MEMBER 
       50 ,  2550 : END MEMBER (THE OTHER END MEMBER, DRIVING SIDE END MEMBER)